SlideShare a Scribd company logo
Front cover


Certification Guide Series:
IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
V2.0 Implementation
Detailed architecture and components
discussion

Installation and configuration
processing

Dynamic Web-based
interface




                                                                Budi Darmawan
                                                               Thomas Boiocchi
                                              Andre Ricardo Cavalcanti de Araujo
                                                           Mario Schuerewegen
                                                                 Phillip Stanton



ibm.com/redbooks
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754
International Technical Support Organization

Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli
Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation

September 2009




                                               SG24-7754-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in
 “Notices” on page vii.




First Edition (September 2009)

This edition applies to Version 2, Release 0, Modification 0 of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop (product
number 5724-S51).
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2009. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP
Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents

                 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
                 Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

                 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
                 The team that wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
                 Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
                 Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii

                 Chapter 1. Certification overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                 1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    1.1.1 Benefits of certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
                    1.1.2 Tivoli Software Professional Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
                    1.1.3 Growth through skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
                 1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
                    1.2.1 Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
                    1.2.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
                    1.2.3 Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
                    1.2.4 Performance tuning and performance determination . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
                 1.3 Certification achieved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
                    1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
                    1.3.2 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
                    1.3.3 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
                    1.3.4 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 . . 25
                    1.3.5 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and
                           Transformation 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
                 1.4 Recommended study resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
                    1.4.1 Classroom courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
                    1.4.2 Web resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

                 Chapter 2. Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
                 2.1 Webtop architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
                 2.2 Installation prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
                    2.2.1 Supported platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
                    2.2.2 Web browser requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                 2.3 Licensing for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                 2.4 Deployment considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
                 2.5 Security planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
                 2.6 Customization requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                                                      iii
Chapter 3. Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
                3.1 The installation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                3.2 License server setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
                   3.2.1 License server setup on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
                   3.2.2 License server setup on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
                3.3 Security Manager installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                   3.3.1 Security Manager installation on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
                   3.3.2 Security Manager installation on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
                3.4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
                   3.4.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
                   3.4.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
                3.5 Netcool/GUI Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

                Chapter 4. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
                4.1 Basic IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
                   4.1.1 WAAPI configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
                   4.1.2 Data sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
                   4.1.3 SSL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
                   4.1.4 Additional IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
                4.2 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
                   4.2.1 User configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
                   4.2.2 Group management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
                4.3 Visual components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
                   4.3.1 View creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
                   4.3.2 Filter creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
                   4.3.3 Entity definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
                   4.3.4 Chart definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
                   4.3.5 Map definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
                4.4 Navigation components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
                   4.4.1 Tool definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
                   4.4.2 CGI program definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
                   4.4.3 Menu items definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
                4.5 HTML file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
                   4.5.1 Maintaining HTML and other files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
                   4.5.2 Working with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

                Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination. . . . . . . . . . 147
                5.1 Startup problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
                5.2 Checking user sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
                5.3 Login failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
                5.4 Performance issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
                5.5 Connection to ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
                5.6 Backup configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154



iv   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5.7 Security Manager performance issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Appendix A. Sample test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Answer key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
How to get Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Help from IBMIBM Support and downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167




                                                                                                    Contents         v
vi   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Notices

This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.

IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult
your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area.
Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that
does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's
responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document.
The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license
inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A.

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION
PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer
of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made
to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may
make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at
any time without notice.

Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any
manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the
materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.

IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation to you.

Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published
announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm
the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on
the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.

This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them
as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products.
All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.

COPYRIGHT LICENSE:

This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming
techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in
any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application
programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the
sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM,
therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                          vii
Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business
Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. These and other IBM trademarked
terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol (® or ™),
indicating US registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was
published. Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries. A current
list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml

The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States,
other countries, or both:

   AIX®                                Netcool®                             System z®
   DB2®                                PartnerWorld®                        Tivoli Enterprise Console®
   Foundations™                        Rational®                            Tivoli®
   IBM®                                Redbooks®                            ValueNet®
   Lotus®                              Redbooks (logo)       ®              WebSphere®

The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

ValueNet, and the FileNet logo are registered trademarks of FileNet Corporation in the United States, other
countries or both.

ITIL is a registered trademark, and a registered community trademark of the Office of Government
Commerce, and is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

IT Infrastructure Library, IT Infrastructure Library is a registered trademark of the Central Computer and
Telecommunications Agency which is now part of the Office of Government Commerce.

Red Hat, and the Shadowman logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the U.S. and
other countries.

Java, JavaScript, Solaris, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the
United States, other countries, or both.
Internet Explorer, Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States, other countries, or both.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.

Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.

Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.




viii    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Preface

                 This IBM® Redbooks® publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli®
                 Netcool®/Webtop V4.0 implementation certification test. It is aimed at the IT
                 professional who wants to be an IBM Certified Professional for this product.

                 The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 certification test is offered through the IBM
                 Professional Certification program. It is designed to validate the skills required of
                 technical professionals who work in the implementation and deployment of IBM
                 Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.

                 This book provides the necessary information for understanding the subject
                 matter. It includes sample questions. The sample questions help evaluate your
                 personal progress. It familiarizes you with the types of questions that may be
                 encountered in the exam.

                 This guide does not replace practical experience and it is not designed to be a
                 stand-alone guide for the subject. Instead, this guide should be combined with
                 educational activities and experiences and used as a very useful preparation
                 guide for exam.

                 For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification objectives of
                 the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 implementation certification test. Those
                 requirements are planning, prerequisites, installation, configuration,
                 administration, and problem determination. These chapters will help you prepare
                 for the objectives of the exam.



The team that wrote this book
                 This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working
                 at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                    ix
Figure 1 Mario, Thomas, Andre, and Phillip

                 Budi Darmawan is a Project Leader at the International Technical Support
                 Organization, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes
                 worldwide on all areas of Tivoli and systems management. Before joining the
                 ITSO 10 years ago, Budi worked in Integrated Solution Services, IBM Indonesia
                 as lead implementer and solution architect.

                 Thomas Boiocchi an IT Specialist based in Italy, working for Tivoli Services
                 since 2007. He joined IBM after working for several years as a Netcool®
                 Specialist for Eirteic Consulting travelling around the world. He has 10 years of IT
                 experience and previously worked as a system and network administrator in
                 Telkom and banks in Italy. His area of expertise include IBM Tivoli
                 Netcool/OMNIbus, IBM Tivoli Business Services Manager, Network Manager,
                 and IBM Tivoli Netcool/Impact.

                 Adnre Ricardo Cavalcanti de Araujo is a System Management Information
                 Technology Specialist working with Tivoli Management Product in Brazil. He has
                 12 years of experience in servers and systems support. He hold a degree in
                 Telecommunication Engineering and has MBA in Network Computer




x    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Management. His areas of expertise include UNIX/Linux® support, Cisco
        networking, networking security, and infrastructure and networking management.

        Mario Schuerewegen is a Technical Presales specialist based in Belgium that
        specializes in Netcool products. He has 10 years of experience in the network
        and event management field. His areas of expertise include Cisco networking,
        SNMP, and network management.

        Phillip Stanton is an L2 software support specialist based in the United States.
        He has 12 years of Information Technology experience and holds a Bachelors of
        Science degree in Business Administration with an emphasis on Information
        Systems. Most of his experience is in supporting and administrating mixed
        UNIX® and Microsoft® Windows® platforms for various Business to Business
        services and e-commerce Web sites. He joined IBM 2 years ago in L2 support for
        the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, System Service
        monitors, and Internet Service Monitors software solutions. He currently holds
        the following certifications: Netcool Core V2, Netcool Core V3, Tivoli Level 2
        Support Tools and Processes, and MCSE NT4/2000.

        Tamikia Barrow, Margaret Ticknor, Wade Wallace
        International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center

        Jill Kanatzar
        IBM Software Group, Worldwide Sales Channel Growth Executive



Become a published author
        Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write a book dealing with
        specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with
        leading-edge technologies. You will have the opportunity to team with IBM
        technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients.

        Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As
        a bonus, you will develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and
        increase your productivity and marketability.

        Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and
        apply online at:
        ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html




                                                                            Preface   xi
Comments welcome
                Your comments are important to us!

                We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about
                this book or other IBM Redbooks publications in one of the following ways:
                    Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at:
                    ibm.com/redbooks
                    Send your comments in an e-mail to:
                    redbooks@us.ibm.com
                    Mail your comments to:
                    IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization
                    Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099
                    2455 South Road
                    Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400




xii   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
1


    Chapter 1.   Certification overview
                 This chapter provides an overview of the skills requirements needed to obtain an
                 IBM Certified Deployment Specialist - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V7.2
                 certification. This chapter provides a comprehensive review of the topics that are
                 essential for obtaining the certification:
                     1.1, “IBM Professional Certification Program” on page 2
                     1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives” on page 8
                     1.3, “Certification achieved” on page 21
                     1.4, “Recommended study resources” on page 27




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                  1
1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program
                Having the right skills for the job is critical in the growing global marketplace. IBM
                Professional Certification is designed to validate your skills and proficiency with
                the latest IBM solution and product technology. It can help provide that
                competitive edge.

                The Professional Certification Program from IBM offers a business solution for
                skilled technical professionals seeking to demonstrate their expertise to the
                world. The program is designed to validate your skills and demonstrate your
                proficiency in the latest IBM technology and solutions. In addition, professional
                certification may help you excel at your job by giving you and your employer the
                confidence that your skills have been tested. You may be able to deliver higher
                levels of service and technical expertise than non-certified employees and move
                to a faster career track.

                The certification requirements are difficult, but they are not overwhelming. IBM
                Professional Certification is a rigorous process that differentiates you from
                everyone else. The mission of IBM Professional Certification is to:
                   Provide a reliable, valid, and fair method of assessing skills and knowledge.
                   Provide IBM with a method of building and validating the skills of individuals
                   and organizations.
                   Develop a loyal community of highly skilled certified professionals who
                   recommend, sell, service, support, and use IBM products and solutions.

                The Professional Certification Program from IBM has developed certification role
                names to guide you in your professional development. The certification role
                names include IBM Certified Specialist, IBM Certified Solutions/Systems Expert,
                and IBM Certified Advanced Technical Expert. These role names are for
                technical professionals who sell, service, and support IBM solutions. For
                technical professionals in application development, the certification roles include
                IBM Certified Developer Associate and IBM Certified Developer. An IBM Certified
                Instructor certifies the professional instructor.

                The Professional Certification Program from IBM provides you with a structured
                program leading to an internationally recognized qualification. The program is
                designed for flexibility by allowing you to select your role, prepare for and take
                tests at your own pace, and, in some cases, select from a choice of elective tests
                best suited to your abilities and needs. Some roles also offer a shortcut by giving
                credit for a certification obtained in other industry certification programs.




2   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
You can be a network administrator, systems integrator, network integrator,
            solution architect, solution developer, value-added reseller, technical coordinator,
            sales representative, or educational trainer. Regardless of your role, you can
            start charting your course through the Professional Certification Program from
            IBM today.

            The IBM Professional Certification Program Web site is available at the following
            address:

            http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml


1.1.1 Benefits of certification
            Certification is a tool to help objectively measure the performance of a
            professional on a given job at a defined skill level. Therefore, it is beneficial for
            individuals who want to validate their own skills and performance levels, their
            employees, or both. For optimum benefit, the certification tests must reflect the
            critical tasks required for a job, the skill levels of each task, and the frequency by
            which a task needs to be performed. IBM prides itself in designing
            comprehensive, documented processes that ensure that IBM certification tests
            remain relevant to the work environment of potential certification candidates.

            In addition to assessing job skills and performance levels, professional
            certification can also provide such benefits as:
               For employees:
               –   Promotes recognition as an IBM certified professional
               –   Helps to create advantages in interviews
               –   Assists in salary increases, corporate advancement, or both
               –   Increases self-esteem
               –   Provides continuing professional benefits
               For employers:
               –   Measures the effectiveness of training
               –   Reduces course redundancy and unnecessary expenses
               –   Provides objective benchmarks for validating skills
               –   Makes long-range planning easier
               –   Helps to manage professional development
               –   Aids as a hiring tool
               –   Contributes to competitive advantage
               –   Increases productivity
               –   Increases morale and loyalty




                                                             Chapter 1. Certification overview   3
Specific benefits can vary by country (region) and role. In general, after you
                become certified, you should receive the following benefits:
                   Industry recognition
                   Certification may accelerate your career potential by validating your
                   professional competency and increasing your ability to provide solid, capable
                   technical support.
                   Program credentials
                   As a certified professional, you receive through e-mail your certificate of
                   completion and the certification mark associated with your role for use in
                   advertisements and business literature. You can also request a hardcopy
                   certificate, which includes a wallet-size certificate.
                   The Professional Certification Program from IBM acknowledges the individual
                   as a technical professional. The certification mark is for the exclusive use of
                   the certified individual.
                   Ongoing technical vitality
                   IBM Certified professionals are included in mailings from the Professional
                   Certification Program from IBM.


1.1.2 IBM Tivoli Software Professional Certification
                The IBM Tivoli Professional Certification program offers certification testing that
                sets the standard for qualified product consultants, administrators, architects,
                and Business Partners.

                The program also offers an internationally recognized qualification for technical
                professionals seeking to apply their expertise in today's complex business
                environment. The program is designed for those who implement, buy, sell,
                service, and support IBM Tivoli solutions and want to deliver higher levels of
                service and technical expertise.

                Benefits of being Tivoli certified
                Tivoli certification provides the following benefits:
                   For the individual:
                   – IBM Certified certificate and use of logos on business cards
                   – Recognition of your technical skills by your peers and management
                   – Enhanced career opportunities
                   – Focus for your professional development




4   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
For the IBM Business Partner:
   – Confidence in the skills of your employees
   – Enhanced partnership benefits from the IBM Business Partner program
   – Billing your employees out at higher rates
   – Strengthens your proposals to customers
   – Demonstrates the depth of technical skills available to prospective
     customers
   For the customer:
   – Confidence in the service professionals handling your implementation
   – Ease of hiring competent employees to manage your Tivoli environment
   – Enhanced return on investment (ROI) through more thorough integration
     with Tivoli and third-party products
   – Ease of selecting a Tivoli Business Partner that meets your specific needs

Certification checklist
The certification process is as follows:
1. Select the certification that you want to pursue.
2. Determine which test or tests are required by reading the certification role
   description.
3. Prepare for the test, using the following resources:
   – Test objectives (1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives” on
     page 8)
   – Recommended educational resources (1.4, “Recommended study
     resources” on page 270
   – Sample/assessment test (Appendix A, “Sample test” on page 157)
   – Other reference materials
   – Opportunities for experience

4. Register to take a test by contacting one of our worldwide testing vendors:
   – Thomson Prometric
   – Pearson Virtual University Enterprises (VUE)

5. Take the test. Be sure to keep the Examination Score Report provided upon
   test completion as your record of taking the test.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   5
6. Repeat steps three through five until all required tests are successfully
                   completed for the desired certification role. If additional requirements are
                   needed (such as another vendor certification or exam), follow the instructions
                   on the certification description page to submit these requirements to IBM.
                7. After you complete your certification requirements, you will be sent an e-mail
                   asking you to accept the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement before
                   receiving the certificate.
                8. Upon acceptance of the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement, an e-mail
                   will be sent containing the following electronic deliverables:
                   – A Certification Certificate in PDF format, which can be printed in either
                     color or black and white
                   – A set of graphic files of the IBM Professional Certification mark associated
                     with the certification achieved
                   – Guidelines for the use of the IBM Professional Certification mark
                9. To avoid unnecessary delay in receiving your certificate, ensure that we have
                   your current e-mail on file by keeping your profile up to date. If you do not
                   have an e-mail address on file, your certificate will be sent through postal
                   mail.

                After you receive a certificate by e-mail, you can also contact IBM at
                mailto:certify@us.ibm.com to request that a hardcopy certificate be sent by
                postal mail.


1.1.3 Growth through skills
                Customers want to work with experts who understand their business and can
                help them achieve their objectives. IBM Business Partners who have expertise
                across the IBM software portfolio are well positioned to deliver high client value.

                IBM Software is announcing the next step in our Business Partner channel
                strategy by focusing on Growth Through Skills. In October 2009, IBM will roll out
                a new controlled distribution model to maximize value to our Business Partners
                and customers.

                A subset of the IBM software portfolio will continue to be offered through the
                open distribution model or by using Software ValueNet®. The benefits of the
                growth through skills program are:
                   Protects and maximizes your return on investment (ROI) in the technical,
                   sales and marketing skills you have developed.
                   Places a premium on your skills and solutions that differentiate your ability to
                   offer your customers guidance in a tough economy.



6   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Rewards the value you bring throughout the sales cycle through the lucrative
   IBM Software Value Incentive (SVI).
   Provides financial rewards for integrating IBM software with your business
   solutions through the Value Advantage Plus (VAP) incentive.
   Accelerates your growth with experienced software Value Added Distributors
   (VADs).
   Improves access to IBM resources, including industry-leading sales,
   technical, and marketing.

Authorization to resell IBM software products within controlled distribution is
achieved at the product group level. There are 14 products groups across the five
brands.
   WebSphere®
   –   SOA Foundation
   –   Connectivity
   –   Business Process Management
   –   Commerce
   –   SOA Appliances
   –   Enterprise Solutions (IBM System z®)
   Tivoli
   –   Storage Management
   –   Security & Compliance Management
   –   Automation
   –   Enterprise Asset Management
   Information Management
   – Heritage CM
   – Data Management
   Lotus®
   Portal
   Rational®

The criteria for authorization to resell IBM Software products within controlled
distribution include:
   Membership in the IBM PartnerWorld® program




                                                Chapter 1. Certification overview   7
Approved participation in Software Value Incentive (SVI) or Value Advantage
                   Plus (VAP)
                   – For SVI, technical and sales skills in the product group(s) you want to sell
                   – For VAP, an approved solution containing the product group(s) you want to
                     sell
                   An approved PartnerPlan
                   Minimum revenue participation levels within SVI and VAP after the first year

                IBM provides comprehensive enablement options to support the education,
                training, and certifications necessary to qualify for authorization to resell:
                   Leverage the readiness assessment tools and work with your Distributor or
                   IBM Business Partner Sales Representative to explore enablement
                   opportunities and support.
                   Visit the Subject Matter Expert (SME) Zone on the Virtual Innovation Center
                   as a single point of entry to review software education and customized
                   roadmaps.
                   Learn about the You Pass, We Pay education reimbursement.
                   Participate in readiness events throughout the year and revisit the Web for
                   updates and the latest support materials.



1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives
                Here is the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test information:
                   Number of questions: 36
                   Time allowed in minutes: 60
                   Required passing score: 63%
                   Test languages: English

                The test has the objectives covered in these sections:
                   1.2.1, “Planning” on page 9
                   1.2.2, “Installation” on page 10
                   1.2.3, “Configuring” on page 11
                   1.2.4, “Performance tuning and performance determination” on page 18

                For the most updated objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test (test
                #922), refer to the following address:
                http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj922.shtml




8   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
1.2.1 Planning
           Given that an IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V1.3.1 (Webtop) deployment is
           required, define all the necessary settings so that the Webtop architecture is
           planned, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
           1. Determine IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop prerequisites.
           2. Determine the Web browser supportability.
           3. Obtain the license keys.
           4. Identify all the data sources.
           5. Determine the desktop architecture.
           6. Determine the Web Administration Application Programming Interface
              (WAAPI) requirements.
           7. Determine the ObjectServer architecture.
           8. Determine the location of the server.
           9. Determine the ObjectServer details.
           10.Determine the security settings.

           Given a list of users and security requirements, define users and groups for IBM
           Tivoli Netcool/Webtop deployment, with emphasis on performing the following
           steps:
           1. Define users.
           2. Determine roles (Read only, Read/Write, and Admin).
           3. Define groups.

           Given that a customer requires IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop to be deployed, define
           all the GUI elements necessary to address the customers' requirements, so that
           the dashboard requirements are defined, with emphasis on performing the
           following steps:
           1. Determine the user filters.
           2. Determine the user views.
           3. Define the entities.
           4. Define the views.
           5. Define the customer dashboard requirements.
           6. Determine the chart requirements.
           7. Define the maps.
           8. Define the resources.
           9. Define the pages.
           10.Define the workflows.
           11.Define the tools.
           12.Define the menus.


                                                          Chapter 1. Certification overview   9
1.2.2 Installation
               Given that a license server is installed, set up IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
               licensing so that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop license keys are available, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Obtain license files from the IBM download software site.
               2. Place the files in /etc.
               3. Read the new license keys by running /bin>nc_read_license (for UNIX) or by
                  using ImTools (for Windows).
               4. Verify IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop keys by running /bin/nc_print_license (for
                  UNIX) or using ImTools (for Windows).

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop software is available and you have the
               license and ObjectServer details, install IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Read the installation instructions in the ReadMe file.
               2. To start the installation, run install_webtop (on UNIX) or run setup.exe (one
                  Windows).
               3. Review the license agreement.
               4. Specify the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation location and click Next.
               5. Specify the license server and port. Select Next.
               6. Enter the ObjectServer details: host, port, ObjectServer name, user name,
                  and password. Select Next.
               7. Select Complete or Custom installation.
               8. For a custom installation, select the components Webtop server, WAAPI, and
                  licensing. Select Next.
               9. Install the software.

               Given that Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundation (NGF) is installed, licensed, configured,
               start the Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundation server and verify the operational status,
               with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Start the server by running NCHOME/bin/ngf_server start on UNIX or using
                  the Windows Services GUI. for Windows
               2. Start the Web browser and go to http://<NFG server host>:<port>.
               3. Log in as a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop user with administrator rights.
               4. Check the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop demo pages by selecting the Webtop
                  Desktop from the --Pages-- drop-down menu.



10   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5. Check that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop admin pages are available by
              selecting the Webtop Administration from the --Pages-- drop-down menu.
           6. Log out of the Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundation server.
           7. Check that WAAPI is working by running
              <NCHOME>/webtop/bin/webtop_osresync.


1.2.3 Configuring
           Given that WAAPI is installed, make changes to the WAAPI configuration as
           defined in the statement of work, with emphasis on performing the following
           steps:
           1. Open the WAAPI configuration file /waapi/waapi.init in a text editor.
           2. Modify the property waapi.port and give it a different value.
           3. Modify the property waapi.host and give it a different value.
           4. Modify the user and password details in waapi.init (waapi.user and
              waapi.password).
           5. Modify the SSL connection details in waapi.init (waapi.secureport and
              waapi.ssl).

           Given the ObjectServer connection details, modify the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
           configuration so that the data sources are updated, with emphasis on performing
           the following steps:
           1. Open the data sources definition file
              (/config/datasources/newdatasources_definitions.xml) in a text editor.
           2. Change the default ObjectServer connection details: host, port, user, and
              password.
           3. Add a backup ObjectServer (host an d port).
           4. Add a second ObjectServer data source (name, host, port, user, password).
           5. Configure a dual server ObjectServer cluster (name, upassword password,
              host (primary), host (backup), and read cloud).
           6. Save the file.
           7. Start the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server using /bin/server (on UNIX) or
              the Windows Services GUI.




                                                        Chapter 1. Certification overview   11
Given that NGF is installed and running, change the configuration so that NGF is
               running in SSL mode, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Stop NGF.
               2. Create a self-signed certification by running the following command:
                    @$NCHOME/platform/arch/jre_version/bin/bin/keytool -certreq -keyalg
                    RSA -alias ngf -file certreq.csr -keystore <keystore path and
                    filename>
               3. Enter a password for the keystore, which must be the same as the previous
                  password> enter the organization’s details and host name of the NGF server,
                  accept the details, and enter the key password.
               4. Modify NCHOME/guifoundation/conf/server.xml by uncommenting
                  <connector> by adding the key details (keystore file and keystore password).
               5. Start NGF.
               6. Verify that the NGF server is working correctly by logging into https://<NGF
                  server host>:8443 and logging into the server as the user.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are
               signed in as an NGF administrator, create a user that authenticates against a
               Netcool Omnibus ObjectServer as defined in the Statement of Work, with
               emphasis on the following steps:
               1.   Select the Security tab in the NGF Administration window.
               2.   Select the Users pane in the Security tab.
               3.   Select the User Details tab.
               4.   Assign the same user name that is assigned in the ObjectServer.
               5.   Check the Authenticate externally check box.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are
               signed in as an NGF administrator, modify the users, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1.   Select the Security tab within the NGF Administration window.
               2.   Select the Users pane in the Security tab.
               3.   Click the Edit User icon next to the user you wish to modify.
               4.   Modify the user details.
               5.   Click Save.




12   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are
signed in as an NGF administrator, delete users as defined in the Statement of
Work, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Select the Security tab in the NGF Administration window.
2.   Select the Users pane in the Security tab.
3.   Check the check box next to each user that you wish to delete.
4.   Click the Delete button.
5.   Click OK when asked for confirmation to delete the user.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
in as administrator, create a view as defined in the Statement of Work, with
emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Launch View Builder from the AEL or the Desktop view.
2.   Click the Add View button.
3.   Enter the view name, fields, sort order, column titles, and ObjectServer.
4.   Save the view.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
in as administrator, create a filter as defined in the SOW, with emphasis on
performing the following steps:
1.   Launch the Filter Builder from the Active Event List (AEL) or the Desktop view.
2.   Click the Add Filter button.
3.   Enter the filter name, ObjectServer data source, filter criteria, and metric.
4.   Save the filter.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
in as administrator, create a new ACL and define users that are members of the
ACL, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   From the Webtop Admin window, select Access and Utilities.
2.   Select Users and ACLs.
3.   Select ACLs.
4.   Select Create ACLs.
5.   Enter an ACL name.
6.   Save the ACL.
7.   Modify the created ACL.
8.   Add/Remove users from the ACL.
9.   Return to the ACL Editor.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   13
Given that NGF is installed and running, create Groups, using NGF, for IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop users, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Log in to NGF as a user with NGF Administrator privileges.
               2. Access the Administration windows.
               3. Select the Security tab.
               4. Select the Groups menu.
               5. Click the Add Group button.
               6. Under the Group Properties tab:
                  a. Provide a Group name.
                  b. Add a Display Name, if required.
                  c. Add an External Authentication Name, if required.
                  d. Make the Group inactive, if required.
                  e. Add Group members as necessary.
               7. Under the Group Roles tab, select roles appropriate for the Group.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
               in as the administrator, create an entity as defined in the SOW so that an entity is
               available for use, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. From the Webtop Admin window, select Entities from the Content tab.
               2. Click the Add Entity button.
               3. Enter the entity details: name, type (filter, dependent), group, view, metric,
                  and label.
               4. Click Add this Entity.
               5. If filtered, enter the filter SQL. If dependent, select current dependencies.
               6. Click Modify This Entity.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
               in as an administrator, create an entity view as defined in the SOW, with
               emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. From the Webtop Admin window, select Entity Views.
               2. Click Create Entity View.
               3. Enter the view name.
               4. Select the ObjectServer name, select the Group Name, and click OK.
               5. In the Entity View Editor, enter fields, column titles, sort order, and layout.
                  Click Apply.




14   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a chart
configuration so that a chart template is available for use, with emphasis on
performing the following steps:
1. Log in to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server host as the Netcool
   administrator.
2. Change the directory to $NCHOME/etc/webtop/charts/definitions.
3. Copy the chart definition XML file that best matches the type of chart you
   require.
4. Open the copy of the XML file and change the variable <ncchart name> to be
   the same as the file name without the .xml extension.
5. Define the Chart Title by entering a name in the <header text> field.
6. Set the x Scale Element Title value to represent the x Axis label.
7. Set the y Scale Element Title value to reflect the y Axis label.
8. Define the colors to use for the chart in the Chart Renderer section.
9. Define the Chart Data Set in the DataConfig section.
10.Save the file.
11.Verify that the chart configuration works by performing these steps:
   a. Log in to NGF as a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator with page
      customization permissions.
   b. Create a new page or customize an existing one.
   c. Add a Viewpoint (using the ChartView type) to the page.
   d. Click the Save and Return button to get back to the page.
   e. Customize the default ChartView and select the required chart to display.
   f. Verify that the chart renders as expected.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
in as an administrator, create a new map, with emphasis on performing the
following steps:
1. Go to the Webtop Admin window and select Maps.
2. Select Create Map and ensure that Java™ Editor is selected.
3. Enter the name of the map.
4. Define the map properties: Access Control (Groups), height/width, and
   background color/image. (The heading in the Java Editor still has “Access
   Control” in the GUI but the drop-down is filled with Groups from NGF.)
5. Add components to the map, as defined in the SOW: buttons, active buttons,
   lava lamp/monitors, icons, active icons, lines, and text.


                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   15
6. Right-click the added elements and bring up the Properties dialogue box.
               7. Define the required properties for the selected icons.
               8. For Active icons, define action, URL, Entity, Datasource, and target.
               9. Save the map.
               10.Preview the map to verify that the configuration is correct.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new tool
               so that the tool is available to be added to a menu, with emphasis on performing
               the following steps:
               1. Log in to NGF as the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator.
               2. From the Webtop Admin window, select the Tools menu.
               3. Click the Create Tool button.
               4. Enter a tool name and select the tool type (CGI/URL, SQL, or Command
                  Line).
               5. Click OK.
               6. For a CGI/URL tool, enter a URL, select groups, select a method, select
                  whether to open in new window or specific window, and select the fields to be
                  passed.
               7. For SQL, enter the SQL statements, select groups, and enter the Journal text.
               8. For Command Line, select groups, select the platform for command, enter the
                  command line to run, and select the fields to pass. Click OK.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create and
               register a new CGI program so that it is available for use in IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop tools, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Place the CGI script in the NCHOME/etc/webtop/cgi-bin/ directory.
               2. Select Webtop Admin from the Pages drop-down list.
               3. Select the CGI Registry menu item.
               4. Click Register. The Register CGI window opens. In the CGI Name field, enter
                  a name for the CGI script.
               5. If the output of the CGI script is HTML data that contains IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop SmartPage commands, select the Use Smart Commands
                  check box.
               6. Enter the file name of the script in the File Name text field.
               7. If you want to make the CGI script available, click the Groups button and
                  select the groups to which you want to allow access.
               8. Click Register.


16   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new
menu item and make it available for use, with emphasis on performing the
following steps:
1. The user has been added to the Webtop User and Webtop Admin roles (this
   is required in order for the user to have access to the IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop admin utils).
2. Select Webtop Admin from the drop-down menu.
3. Select Menu.
4. Select Create Menu.
5. Enter a name and label.
6. Add existing tools to the new menu.
7. Arrange a new separator, if required.
8. Save the changes.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are
signed in with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administration rights, add a new
resource to a given map so that it is available for use in the Map Editor, with
emphasis on performing the following steps:
1.   Navigate to the Webtop Admin page n the NGF.
2.   Select Map Resources.
3.   Select the map that you wish to add a resource to from the list.
4.   Click the Add Map Resource button.
5.   Enter a resource file name or browse for a file to upload.
6.   Click the Add Resource button.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new
directory and upload HTML files so that they are available for use, with emphasis
on performing the following steps:
     Log in to NGF as the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator.
     From the Webtop Admin window, select the Tools menu.
     Select the File Manager menu.
     Enter a name for a new sub directory and click Create Sub Directory.
     Select the sub directory that was just created.
     Click the View Dir button.
     Click the Browse button to select file to upload.
     Click the Add file to Dir button.




                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   17
Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new
               HTML page, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Open a text editor to create a new HTML file.
               2. Ensure that appropriate HTML syntax is followed: <html> <head> </html>.
               3. Enter the HTML commands as required. Enter the Smart Page commands as
                  defined in the SOW.
               4. Save the file.
               5. From the Webtop Admin window, select File Manager.
               6. Change the directories to the appropriate location for the new file or create a
                  new subdir
               7. Browse for the file created above.
               8. Select Add file to Dir.
               9. Validate the file by selecting the file added, click View File, and then link to
                  file.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed
               in as an administrator, check who is logged in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and
               revoke user sessions so that selected users are logged out of IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Navigate to the Webtop Admin window.
               2. Select the Sessions tab. A list showing the logged in users appears.
               3. To revoke a given user, click the Revoke button next to the user. The user will
                  be logged out of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.


1.2.4 Performance tuning and performance determination
               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, determine the
               cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop performance issues, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1. From the Webtop Admin window, click the Sessions tab to determine how
                  many users are logged in.
               2. If the number of users is very high, revoke the user sessions.
               3. Select System Information → Server Runtime to determine how much
                  memory is being used.
               4. Check the number of events in the ObjectServer by running the nco_sql
                  command.
               5. Check the response times when using Native Desktop.




18   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
6. Determine if there is a performance problem for all IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
   components.
7. Determine if all users are experiencing slow responses.
8. Determine if other applications are running on the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
   server host.
9. Check the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop log files in NCHOME/log/webtop.log.

Given that NGF is installed and running, determine the reason for user login
failure, or failure to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on
performing the following steps:
1. Determine if Security Manager is running.
2. Determine if the user has an NGF account.
3. Determine if the user has an active NGF account.
4. Determine if the user has an appropriate IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop role.
5. Determine if the user is using the correct password.
6. Determine if the user has an accessible home page.
7. Determine if the ObjectServer is running and if IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop can
   connect to it.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed, identify the cause of
startup problem, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Log into the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server machine.
2. Check the environment variables in NCHOME.
3. Look in $NCHOME/log/webtop.log and $NCHOME/log/guifoundation/ logs for
   information about the cause of the problem.
4. Types of problems to look for: licenses not available, ports already in use, and
   unable to connect to the ObjectServer.

Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, verify the cause of
IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop's inability to connect to the ObjectServer, with
emphasis on performing the following steps:
1. Log in to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server machine.
2. Verify that you can log in to the ObjectServer.
3. Verify that the correct ObjectServer is configured for IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop by looking in the
   $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml directory.
4. Verify that the user and passwords are correct by looking in the
   $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml directory.


                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   19
5. Confirm that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server can connect to the
                  ObjectServer host and port.

               Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a backup
               copy of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1. Stop IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.
               2. Make copies of the following files and directories: $NCHOME/etc/webtop/,
                  $NCHOME/webtop/waapi/etc/, and $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/.
               3. Start IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.

               Given that NGF is installed, troubleshoot NGF issues, so that NGF is running and
               users are able to log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on
               performing the following steps:
               1. Log in to the machine where NGF is installed.
               2. Check the status of NGF server by running $NCHOME/bin/ngf_server status
                  (on UNIX) or by checking the status of the appropriate service (on Windows).
               3. If the NGF server is not running, start it by running $NCHOME/bin/ngf_server
                  start (on UNIX) or by starting the service (on Windows)
               4. Check the NGF log files $NCHOME/log/guifoundation for possible causes of
                  startup issues and resolve them (if there are any).
               5. If users are unable to log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop at
                  http://<server>:<port>, make sure that Security Manager is running.

               Given that Security Manager is installed, determine the cause of Security
               Manager Performance issues, with emphasis on performing the following steps:
               1. Determine if Security Manager is running by performing these steps:
                   a. From a command line, with appropriate permissions, run the script
                      $NCHOME/security/bin/ncsm_status.
                   b. From a browser window, attempt to connect to the Security Manager
                      HTTP port (the default is 8077).
               2. Determine if the authentication source is available by performing these steps:
                   a. Check the specified authentication source by selecting the NGF Security
                      tab and then selecting the Domain menu.
                   b. Check the box to set it to available.
                   c. Check the access credentials.
                   d. Check NCHOME/etc/sm/server.props.




20   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3. Change the authentication source to
              $NCHOME/security/install/ncsm_config.
           4. Check the Security Manager log files in
              $NCHOME/security/log/SM_server.log.



1.3 Certification achieved
           The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation test (#922) is a prerequisite
           for achieving the following certifications:
              1.3.1, “Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0” on page 21
              1.3.2, “Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008” on page 24
              1.3.3, “Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008” on page 24
              1.3.4, “IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009” on
              page 25
              1.3.5, “IBM Service Management Data Center Management and
              Transformation 2009” on page 26


1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0
           Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is an IBM Certified Deployment Professional
           certification.

           Target audience
           An IBM Certified Deployment Professional - Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is a
           technical professional responsible for the planning, installing, configuring
           performance tuning, problem determination, and documenting of solutions for
           IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 and IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. This
           individual will be expected to perform these tasks with limited assistance from
           peers, product documentation, and support resources.

           Recommended prerequisite skills
           The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 key areas of competency are:
              Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 architecture and components.
              Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 solution based on a
              customer requirements/environment.
              Install and configure prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2.




                                                        Chapter 1. Certification overview    21
Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure
                   components (probes, gateways, desktops, process control, accelerated event
                   notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, automated failover, and failback).
                   Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 environment.
                   Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2.

               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 required prerequisites are:
                   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure
                   components (ObjectServer, probes, gateways, desktop and process control,
                   accelerated event notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, and dual server
                   desktop)
                   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2
                   administration (triggers, procedures, tools, menus, automated failover and
                   failback, AEN channels, and so on)
                   Strong working knowledge of network management principles
                   Working knowledge of operating system (UNIX and Windows), networking,
                   and firewall concepts
                   Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool licensing
                   Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts)
                   Working knowledge of SQL (including procedures)
                   Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting, Rules files, and
                   regular expressions)
                   Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP and SNMP
                   Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, and text
                   editor)

               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 recommended prerequisites are:
                   Basic knowledge of help desk and database systems
                   Knowledge of network management systems

               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 key areas of competency are:
                   Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 architecture and components.
                   Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 solution based on a
                   customer requirements/environment.
                   Install and configure prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.




22   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure
   components (server, Webtop Administration API, event lists, maplets, and
   charts).
   Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop V2.0 environment.
   Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop V2.0.

The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 required prerequisites are:
   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure
   components
   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 administration
   (tools, menus, maplets, entities, resources, users, filters, views, SMARTPage
   commands, and so on)
   Strong working knowledge of HTML, CGI, XML, and SQL
   Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x, IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Security Manager V1.3, IBM Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundations™ V1.x,
   and associated architectures
   Working knowledge of IBM Tivoli/Netcool licensing
   Working knowledge of operating system (UNIX and Windows), networking,
   and firewall concepts
   Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts)
   Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting and regular
   expressions)
   Working knowledge of Web browsers and Java applications

The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 recommended prerequisites are:
   Basic knowledge of network management systems
   Knowledge of Web application development techniques (JavaScript™ and
   HTML style sheets)
   Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP
   Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, text
   editor, and so on)

Requirements
This certification requires two tests:
   Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
   Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0


                                               Chapter 1. Certification overview   23
1.3.2 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008
               Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced
               Deployment Professional certification.

               Target audience
               An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Fault Management
               Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of
               implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli
               Fault Management solutions area.

               Requirements
               This certification requires four tests:
                   Any one of the following tests:
                   – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation
                   – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
                   Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
                   Any two of the following tests:
                   – Test 890 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.1 Implementation
                   – Test 897 - IBM Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition V3.7 Implementation
                   – Test 905 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1
                   – Test 920 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response Time
                     V6.2 Implementation
                   – Test ITIL® - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations
                   – Test 436 - IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation
                   – Test 938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation
                   – Test 908 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation


1.3.3 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008
               Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced
               Deployment Professional certification.




24   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Target audience
          An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Performance
          Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher
          level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the
          IBM Tivoli Performance Management solutions area.

          Requirements
          This certification requires four tests:
             Any one of the following tests:
             – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation
             – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
             Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
             Any two of the following tests:
             – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations
             – Test 430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1
               Implementation
             – Test 434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless V9.1.2
               Implementation
             – Test 931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation


1.3.4 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009
          IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an IBM
          Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification.

          Target audience
          An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management
          Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an individual who has demonstrated a
          higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in
          the IBM Tivoli Network and Service Assurance solutions area.

          Requirements
          This certification requires four tests:
             Test 000-922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
             Test 000-933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation
             Test 000-938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation




                                                        Chapter 1. Certification overview   25
Any one of the following tests:
                   – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations
                   – Test 000-430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1
                     Implementation
                   – Test 000-434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless
                     V9.1.2 Implementation
                   – Test 000-931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation


1.3.5 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and
Transformation 2009
               IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is
               an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification.

               Target audience
               An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management
               Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is an individual who has
               demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in
               breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Data Center Management and
               Transformation solutions area.

               Requirements
               This certification requires three or four tests:
                   Test 000-011 IBM Tivoli Application Dependency and Discovery Manager
                   V7.1 Implementation
                   Test 000-908 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation
                   Any one or two of the following tests:
                   – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations
                   – Test 000-012 IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager V7.1
                     Implementation
                   – Test 000-253 IBM WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment
                     V6.1 Core Administration
                   – Test 000-435 IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler V8.4 Implementation
                   – Test 000-436 IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation
                   – Test 000-731 DB2® 9 DBA for Linux, UNIX, and Windows
                   – Test 000-905 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere
                     V6.1



26   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
– Test 000-920 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response
               Time V6.2 Implementation
             – Test 000-922 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 and Test 000-933 IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation



1.4 Recommended study resources
          Courses and publications are offered to help you prepare for the certification
          tests. The courses are recommended, but not required, before taking a
          certification test. If you wish to purchase Web-based training courses or are
          unable to locate a Web-based course or classroom course at the time and
          location you desire, please feel free to contact one of our delivery management
          teams at:
             Americas: tivamedu@us.ibm.com
             EMEA: tived@uk.ibm.com
             AP: tivtrainingap@au1.ibm.com

          Note that course offerings are continuously being added and updated. If you do
          not see the course(s) listed below in your geography, please contact the delivery
          management team.


1.4.1 Classroom courses
          Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop 2.0 Fundamentals

          Course duration: 2 days

          Course number: (TN050CE - Canada: TN051CE - Canada: TN05ES - Spain:
          TN051 - US) Course numbers vary depending on the geo education delivery
          area. Please refer to the Web site for this course.

          Abstract: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop 2.0 Fundamentals is a 2 day intensive
          course designed for the system administrator responsible for installing,
          configuring, customizing, and administering world class IT visual management
          services products. Focusing on development, deployment, configuration, and
          management of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Server, this course takes
          students from the standard configuration tasks to more advanced configurations
          of related components. Each student installs the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
          server on their own lab machine and, from this point forward, the student is
          challenged with applying concepts and facts and creating real world scenarios.
          Later, as the course develops, the emphasis shifts and the student configures



                                                       Chapter 1. Certification overview   27
customized maps, charts, and table views from real-time network data. This is a
               performance-based course and all students emerge with a thorough
               understanding of visualization server technology.


1.4.2 Web resource
               IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 product information can be found at the following
               address:
               http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/netcool-webtop/




28   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
2


    Chapter 2.   Planning
                 The planning information for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the
                 following sections:
                     2.1, “Webtop architecture” on page 30
                     2.2, “Installation prerequisites” on page 33
                     2.3, “Licensing for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0” on page 34
                     2.4, “Deployment considerations” on page 34
                     2.5, “Security planning” on page 35
                     2.6, “Customization requirements” on page 38




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                              29
2.1 Webtop architecture
               Figure 2-1 shows the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 architecture.




               Figure 2-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop architecture

               IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is part of the infrastructure of the Netcool
               implementation. It is installed in Netcool GUI Foundation, which works with
               OMNIbus ObjectServer. It communicates with Netcool Licensing and Netcool
               Security Manager for licensing and user authentication. Other Netcool products
               use IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop for modifying and managing the Web interface
               and user customization.

               Figure 2-2 on page 31 shows IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop interaction with other
               components.




30   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 2-2 Communication configuration

In Figure 2-2, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop has several components:
   Administration tool: Managing user and access rights
   Map editor: Defining a background for as graphical map for user interfaces
   Filters and views definition and customization
   Event list applications: Active Event List (AEL), static table view, and
   Lightweight Event List (LEL)
   Managing Web pages: Defining HTML and Web pages definitions




                                                           Chapter 2. Planning   31
There are several methods to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop:
                   Read-only client
                   Read-only clients have a non-interactive view of the network status. They can
                   view tableviews, LELs, maps, and charts, but cannot view the AEL or execute
                   management instructions against alerts.
                   These clients are often third-party users (for example, customers) who want
                   to observe the events taking place on their network and obtain a high-level
                   view of system performance.
                   Desktop (read write client)
                   Desktop clients are usually ObjectServer validated network operation center
                   (NOC) personnel who are responsible for monitoring the status of a network.
                   They have access to AEL pages, where they can use administrative tools to
                   execute alert management instructions against field entries, and are capable
                   of creating and modifying filters and views for use in the AEL.
                   The entities and tools for this type of user are created by the IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/Webtop administrator.
                   Administrator client
                   Administrators are ObjectServer validated superusers responsible for
                   addressing the requirements of non-administrative IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
                   users. This includes creating:
                   –   Filters
                   –   Views
                   –   Tools
                   –   Maps
                   –   Entities and entity views
                   –   Charts
                   Administrators also establish the high-level alert processing criteria for each
                   user, and configure the HTML pages on the server to display Netcool data in
                   the appropriate manner.
                   WAAPI
                   The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Administration API (WAAPI) is a utility for
                   remotely configuring IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. The application is used to
                   send configuration instructions in XML to a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server.
                   The WAAPI is used by administrators who want to rapidly deploy predefined
                   configurations to target systems. This system can be considered a
                   command-line alternative to using the Web-based administration page.
                   WAAPI users must have root access privileges.
                   WAAPI users are not configured using the User Editor, and do not require a
                   license to connect to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server.


32   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
2.2 Installation prerequisites
          This section describes the software and hardware requirements for a IBM Tivoli
          Netcool/Webtop installation. You cannot successfully install IBM Tivoli
          Netcool/Webtop if your system does not meet the requirements specified in this
          section.


2.2.1 Supported platforms
          The UNIX platforms on which the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server is supported
          are shown in Table 2-1.

          Table 2-1 Supported UNIX platforms
           Platform                                  Versions

           Solaris™                                  8, 9, 10

           AIX®                                      V5.2 and V5.3

           Red Hat® Enterprise Linux Advanced        3.0
           Server

           HP-UX                                     11 and 11i


          The supported Windows platforms are shown in Table 2-2.

          Table 2-2 Supported Windows platforms
           Platform                               Version

           Microsoft Windows                      2000 Advanced Server
                                                  XP Professional
                                                  2000 Professional
                                                  2003




                                                                     Chapter 2. Planning   33
2.2.2 Web browser requirements
               Table 2-3 shows the Web browsers supported by IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop 2.0.

               Table 2-3 Supported Web browsers
                 Platform                         Browser                        Version

                 Microsoft Windows                Internet Explorer®             6

                                                  Mozilla Firefox                1.5 and 1.07

                 Solaris                          Mozilla Firefox                1.5 and 1.07

                 Linux                            Mozilla Firefox                1.5 and 1.07




2.3 Licensing for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server requires three license files to function
               correctly. The license files are available as part numbers: C922PIE, C94SAEN,
               and C922QIE. Each license file enables some of the features of the IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop server. The required license files are:
                   cro_webtop refers to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server licenses.
                   cro_netcool_rw refers to Netcool GUI Foundation read-write licenses.
                   cro_netcool_ro refers to Netcool GUI Foundation read-only licenses.
                   cro_ncw_os_con refers to ObjectServer data source connection licenses.



2.4 Deployment considerations
               For performance reasons, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and the Netcool GUI
               Foundation should be installed separately from other Netcool products.
               Figure 2-3 on page 35 shows an example IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop deployment
               using three machines.




34   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 2-3 Example IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop deployment

         Your deployment depends on the specification of the available hardware, the load
         to be placed on the system, the requirements of any other Netcool products, and
         any failover considerations.



2.5 Security planning
         Define users and groups for Webtop deployment, so that User details and groups
         are defined, by performing the following steps:
         1. Define users.
            IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users are defined as internal or external from a
            IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop point of reference. Internal user accounts are
            stored in the Security Manager itself and are maintained only in the Security
            Manager. External user accounts are defined in the Security Manager defined
            external source. LDAP, ObjectServer, and NIS authentication sources can all
            be used by the Security Manager server.




                                                                   Chapter 2. Planning   35
There are several types of users, as listed in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4 User types
 Type of user          Roles necessary              Description

 IBM Tivoli            IBM Tivoli                   The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator can
 Netcool/Webtop        Netcool/Webtop               access the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrative
 administrator         Administrator                functions using the Webtop Admin page, and also has
                       IBM Tivoli                   access to the Webtop Desktop page.
                       Netcool/Webtop User
                       GUI Foundation user

 IBM Tivoli            IBM Tivoli                   A IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read-write user can
 Netcool/Webtop        Netcool/Webtop User          access the Webtop Desktop, and can run AEL tools,
 read-write user       GUI Foundation read          and change the filter or view applied to an AEL. IBM
                       write                        Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read-write users who are also
                       GUI Foundation user          ObjectServer users can also modify ObjectServer
                                                    data.

 IBM Tivoli            IBM Tivoli                   A IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read-only user can
 Netcool/Webtop        Netcool/Webtop User          access the Webtop Desktop, but cannot run AEL tools
 read-only user        GUI Foundation read only     or modify ObjectServer data.
                       GUI Foundation user

 Netcool GUI           GUI Foundation               A Netcool GUI Foundation administrator can access
 Foundation            Administrator                the Netcool GUI Foundation administrative functions
 administrator         Security Administrator       through the Admin page, but cannot access IBM Tivoli
                       GUI Foundation user          Netcool/Webtop functionality.


                   2. Determine roles.
                      The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop roles user accounts define what they have
                      access to do and what features of the product they can access. For example,
                      only a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator can access the Webtop
                      Admin page, configure other users’ filters, and configure other users’ views.
                      The read-only role can prevent a user from running tools, and removing the
                      user account from the ObjectServer can also prevent a user from running
                      SQL tools. The predefined roles are listed in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5 Default roles
 Role name             Description

 ADMIN                 Security administrator. This role enables access to Netcool Security Manager
                       functionality, and is required by Netcool GUI Foundation administrators so that they
                       have full control over users, roles, and groups.

 DOMAIN_ADMIN          Security Domain Administrator.

 GROUP_ADMIN           Security Group Administrator.



36    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Role name           Description

 admin               GUI Foundation Administrator.

 user                GUI Foundation user. This role is required to make users operational and so must
                     be assigned to all users.

 netcool_ro          GUI Foundation read only. This role associates a Netcool read-only role with a user,
                     and grants read-only access to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Users with this role can
                     access the AEL but cannot execute AEL tools or change event data.

 netcool_rw          GUI Foundation read write. This role associates a Netcool read-write role with a
                     user, and grants read-write access to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. This role has an
                     equivalent function in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 to the Desktop license in IBM
                     Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V1.3.x. Users with this role have access to AEL tools and can
                     change event data.

 ncw_admin           Webtop Administrator. This role allows a user access to the Webtop Admin page.

 ncw_user            Webtop desktop view. This role allows a user access to the Webtop Admin page.

 Test                Test role.

                3. Define groups.
                   Groups are collections of roles that have already been defined. There are
                   some groups that have been predefined in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, such
                   as Desktop and Restricted, that have special meaning. The Desktop role
                   allows users to access the welcome page. This group, Desktop, is mapped to
                   the external group called Public so that ObjectServer user accounts are part
                   of this group by default. The restricted group is an internal Security Manager
                   group that gives IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read write users in the
                   ObjectServer the right to delete events. The default groups and their
                   definitions are shown in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6 Predefined groups
 Group               Descriptions

 Restricted          This IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop group replaces the restricted ACL from previous
                     versions of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. The Delete tool is assigned to the restricted
                     group by default. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator must assign users to
                     the restricted group before they can use the Delete tool.

 System              This Netcool GUI Foundation group permits its members administrative access to
                     certain Netcool products and to the Netcool GUI Foundation. The admin user is
                     assigned to this group by default.




                                                                               Chapter 2. Planning      37
Group              Descriptions

 Desktop            This Netcool GUI Foundation group is required to make users operational by
                    permitting login. All IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users are created as members of this
                    group if the Auto assign groups/roles check box is checked. You must not remove
                    any IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users from this group.
                    By default, this group is mapped to the ObjectServer public group. This means that
                    all ObjectServer users can log into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.

 VIEWS              This Netcool GUI Foundation group is specific to page creation. Views must be
                    assigned to this group when they are created. Users and roles must not be assigned
                    to this group.



2.6 Customization requirements
               The implementation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop consists of installing and
               customizing different aspects of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. The customization
               that can be performed for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop includes:
                   Determine user filters.
                   Determine user views.
                   Define entities.
                   Define views.
                   Define customer dashboard requirements.
                   Determine chart requirements.
                   Define maps.
                   Define resources.
                   Define pages.
                   Define workflows.
                   Define tools.
                   Define menus.

               The customization of these entities are discussed in more detail in Chapter 4,
               “Configuration” on page 77.

               As IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is mainly used as a front end to IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/OMNIbus, a good understanding of the fields of alerts are important.
               One of the most important tables is the alerts.status table. This table stores all
               open alerts in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. Some of the common fields in
               alerts.status table are listed in Table 2-7 on page 39.




38   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Table 2-7 The alerts.status table
 Column name         Data type      Description

 Identifier          varchar(255)   Controls ObjectServer deduplication.

 Serial              incr           The Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus serial number for the row.

 Node                varchar(64)    Identifies the managed entity from which the alarm originated. This
                                    could be a host or device name, service name, or other entity.

 NodeAlias           varchar(64)    The alias for the node. For network devices or hosts, this should be
                                    the logical (layer-3) address of the entity. For IP devices or hosts, this
                                    should be the IP address.

 Manager             varchar(64)    The descriptive name of the probe that collected and forwarded the
                                    alarm to the ObjectServer. This can also be used to indicate the host
                                    on which the probe is running.

 Agent               varchar(64)    The descriptive name of the sub-manager that generated the alert.

 AlertGroup          varchar(255)   The descriptive name of the type of failure indicated by the alert (for
                                    example, Interface Status or CPU Utilization).

 AlertKey            varchar(255)   The descriptive key that indicates the managed object instance
                                    referenced by the alert (for example, the disk partition indicated by a
                                    file system full alert or the switch port indicated by a utilization alert).

 Severity            integer        Indicates the alert severity level, which provides an indication of how
                                    the perceived capability of the managed object has been affected.
                                    The color of the alert in the event list is controlled by the severity
                                    value.

 Summary             varchar(255)   The text summary of the cause of the alert.

 StateChange         time           An automatically maintained ObjectServer time stamp of the last
                                    insertion or update of the alert from any source.

 FirstOccurrence     time           The time in seconds (from midnight 1 Jan, 1970) when this alert was
                                    created or when polling started at the probe.

 LastOccurrence      time           The time when this alert was last updated at the probe.

 InternalLast        time           The time when this alert was last updated at the ObjectServer.

 Poll                integer        The frequency of polling for this alert in seconds.

 Type                integer        The type of alert: 0: not set, 1: problem, 2: resolution, and so on.

 Tally               integer        Automatically maintained count of the number of insertions and
                                    updates of the alert from any source. This count is affected by
                                    deduplication.




                                                                                    Chapter 2. Planning       39
Column name          Data type       Description

 Class                integer         The alert class used to identify the probe or vendor from which the
                                      alert was generated. Controls the applicability of context-sensitive
                                      event list tools.

 Grade                integer         Indicates the state of escalation for the alert: 0: not escalated and 1:
                                      escalated.

 Location             varchar(64)     Indicates the physical location of the device, host, or service for which
                                      the alert was generated.

 OwnerUID             integer         The user identifier of the user who is assigned to handle this alert.
                                      The default is 65534, which is the identifier for the nobody user.

 OwnerGID             integer         The group identifier of the group that is assigned to handle this alert.

 Acknowledged         integer         Indicates whether the alert has been acknowledged (0/1).

 ServerName           varchar(64)     The name of the originating ObjectServer. Used by gateways to
                                      control propagation of alerts between ObjectServers.

 ServerSerial         integer         The serial number of the alert on the originating ObjectServer (if it did
                                      not originate on this ObjectServer). Used by gateways to control the
                                      propagation of alerts between ObjectServers.

 URL                  varchar(1024)   Optional URL that provides a link to additional information in the
                                      vendor's device or ENMS.

 MasterSerial         integer         Identifies the master ObjectServer, if this alert is being processed in
                                      a desktop ObjectServer environment. This column is added when you
                                      run the database initialization utility nco_dbinit with the
                                      -desktopserver option. MasterSerial must be the last column in the
                                      alerts.status table if you are using a desktop ObjectServer
                                      environment.

 ExtendedAttr         varchar(4096)   Holds name-value pairs (of IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console® extended
                                      attributes) or any other additional information for which no dedicated
                                      column exists in the alerts.status table. Use this column only through
                                      the nvp_get, nvp_set, and nvp_exists SQL functions.




40       Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3


    Chapter 3.   Installation
                 The installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the following
                 sections:
                     3.1, “The installation overview” on page 42
                     3.2, “License server setup” on page 42
                     3.3, “Security Manager installation” on page 50
                     3.4, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation” on page 61
                     3.5, “Netcool/GUI Foundation” on page 72




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                               41
3.1 The installation overview
               IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 eAssembly is provided in part number
               CR53SEN. The components that we use in this book are:
                   Common license key part numbers:
                   – Netcool/Webtop V2.0 License Key (C94SAEN)
                   – Read Only Client License V1.0 English (C922PIE)
                   – Read Write Client License V1.0 English (C922QIE)
                   Linux installation part numbers:
                   – Tivoli Netcool Security Manager for use with Impact V3.1 on all supported
                     Linux versions - English (C923GIE)
                   – Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.93 for Linux English (C14BQEN)
                   – Netcool Common License Server V1.0 for Linux - English (C924WIE)
                   Windows installation part numbers:
                   – Netcool Common License Server V1.0 for Windows - English (C924XIE)
                   – Tivoli Netcool Security Manager for use with Impact V3.1 on all supported
                     Windows versions - English (C923HIE)
                   – Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.93 for Windows English (C14BREN)

               The overall installation process is covered in the following sections:
                   3.2, “License server setup” on page 42
                   3.3, “Security Manager installation” on page 50
                   3.4, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation” on page 61
                   3.5, “Netcool/GUI Foundation” on page 72



3.2 License server setup
               We discuss the license installation in the following sections:
                   UNIX installation in 3.2.1, “License server setup on UNIX” on page 43
                   Windows installation in 3.2.2, “License server setup on Windows” on page 47




42   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3.2.1 License server setup on UNIX
           The installation process is as follows:
           1. Install Netcool License Server from the installation media. The console based
              installation is shown in Example 3-1.

              Example 3-1 License server installation
              [root@localhost ncl]# ./INSTALL -console
              Please enter installation directory [/opt/netcool]:
              1523 blocks
              1523 blocks
                 . . .

              Product: Netcool/License Server

              Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/License Server

              To continue press [Enter]:


              End User License Agreement for Netcool/License Server

              MICROMUSE END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT (“EULA”)
              effective as of February 2006

              The software (the “Licensed Software”) enclosed with this End User
              Software License Agreement (“EULA”) or delivered via authorized
              download and related documents, training materials and user guides
              (collectively, the (“Documentation”) are licensed solely to the
                 . . .

              Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []:
              Yes

              Product: Netcool/License Server

              Select    Feature
              ------    -------
               [I]      1) License Server - This is the License Server for the
              Netcool   suite.

              Select:
                        1-1) Toggle feature
                        s) Select all features


                                                                 Chapter 3. Installation   43
u) Unselect all features
                           i) Install selected features
                           q) Quit
                   Option [i]: i

                   installing Features
                   -------------------
                    [I]    1) License Server - This is the License Server for the
                   Netcool suite.

                   Do you want to continue ([I]nstall/[M]ore/[C]ancel) []: I

                   Installing product: Netcool/License Server.

                   Product Netcool/License Server installed OK.

               2. Set the NCHOME environment variable:
                   export NCHOME=/opt/netcool
               3. Start the license server by running the command nc_start_license found in
                  $NCHOME/license/bin/.
               4. Obtain the license files from the IBM download software site found at the
                  following address:
                   http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom
                   ers.htm
               5. Place the files in the license server folder $NCHOME/license/etc. The default
                  location for UNIX is shown in Example 3-2.

               Example 3-2 License file location and part numbers
               [root@localhost etc]# pwd
               /opt/netcool/license/etc
               [root@localhost etc]# ls -l
               total 12
               -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 707 May 28 11:16 C922PIE.lic
               -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1168 May 28 11:16 C922QIE.lic
               -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 713 May 28 11:16 C94SAEN.lic

               6. Edit the license file contents of each of the license files. Replace the
                  put_hostname_here entry shown in Example 3-3 on page 45 with the server’s
                  host name.




44   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Example 3-3 License file default contents
[root@localhost etc]# cat C94SAEN.lic
SERVER put_hostname_here ANY 27000
VENDOR netcool
USE_SERVER
FEATURE cro_webtop netcool 20040331.0 permanent 9999 ck=182 
SIGN="0078 283B D949 F6B7 B45E 4718 B811 E500 1D70 6FE9 5AE0 
883E 321F 9597 11A5" SIGN2="0069 798B D533 CCE3 C5EE 748B 95F0 
3E00 A9FC BB7F 66A4 679F 4B4B 4996 0558"
FEATURE cro_ncw_os_con netcool 20040331.0 permanent 9999 ck=239 
SIGN="002C 130B D862 EBE1 7357 A404 C005 DE00 9393 B839 2ABE 
A2B3 924F 5CEC 03BA" SIGN2="00B9 8B87 B132 E0CC B5DA 5C07 4525 
F000 85BC 08FD EB76 4CDA C0BA 225D C20D"
FEATURE webtop netcool 20030630 permanent 9999 ck=183 
SIGN=9CCD06ECB29E
FEATURE ncw_os_con netcool 20030630 permanent 9999 ck=179 
SIGN=398623D88E9C

7. Read the new license keys by running nc_read_license found in
   /opt/netcool/license/bin, as shown in Example 3-4.

Example 3-4 Reading in newly installed license files
[root@localhost bin]# ./nc_read_license
lmreread - Copyright (c) 1989-2003 by Macrovision Corporation. All
rights reserved.
lmreread successful




                                                       Chapter 3. Installation   45
8. Verify the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop keys by running the nc_print_license
                  command found in /opt/netcool/license/bin, as shown in Example 3-5.

               Example 3-5 Verifying installed licenses
               [root@localhost bin]# ./nc_print_license
               lmstat - Copyright (c) 1989-2003 by Macrovision Corporation. All rights reserved.
               Flexible License Manager status on Thu 5/28/2009 12:14

               License server status: 27000@localhost.localdomain
                   License file(s) on localhost.localdomain:
               /opt/netcool/license/etc//C922PIE.lic:/opt/netcool/license/etc//C922QIE.lic:/opt/netco
               ol/license/etc//C94SAEN.lic:

               localhost.localdomain: license server UP (MASTER) v9.2

               Vendor daemon status (on localhost.localdomain):

                  netcool: UP v9.2

               Feature usage info:
               Users of cro_nci_opview: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of nci_opview: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of webtop_ro: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of cro_webtop_ro: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of cro_nci_client: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of nci_client: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of webtop_dt: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of cro_webtop_dt: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of ncp_tvs_rw: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of rad_user: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of cro_webtop: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 1 license in use)
                 "cro_webtop" v20040331.0, vendor: netcool
                 floating license
                   root localhost.localdomain JavaDisplay (v20040331.0) (localhost.localdomain/27000
               101), start Thu 5/28 11:44
               Users of cro_ncw_os_con: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 1 license in use)
                 "cro_ncw_os_con" v20040331.0, vendor: netcool
                 floating license
                   root localhost.localdomain JavaDisplay (v20040331.0) (localhost.localdomain/27000
               201), start Thu 5/28 11:44
               Users of webtop: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)
               Users of ncw_os_con: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use)




46   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3.2.2 License server setup on Windows
          The license server setup on Windows is as follows:
          1. Obtain the license files from the IBM download software site found at the
             following address:
             http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom
             ers.htm
          2. Place the files in the license server etc folder. The default location for
             Windows is shown in Example 3-6.

          Example 3-6 License file names and location on Windows
          c:>cd C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcoollicenseetc

          C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcoollicenseetc>dir
           Volume in drive C has no label.
           Volume Serial Number is C43F-BBF6

           Directory of C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcoollicenseetc

          05/20/2009    01:02 PM     <DIR>        .
          05/20/2009    01:02 PM     <DIR>        ..
          05/20/2009    01:03 PM              695 C922PIE.lic
          05/20/2009    01:04 PM            1,156 C922QIE.lic
          05/20/2009    01:04 PM              701 C94SAEN.lic
          05/20/2009    01:02 PM              181 dummy.lic
                           4 File(s)         2,733 bytes
                           2 Dir(s) 57,429,340,160 bytes free




                                                                    Chapter 3. Installation   47
3. Edit the license file’s contents to add the host name of your license server.
                  Figure 3-1 shows the default license file. Modify the license file to change the
                  host name from put_hostname_here to your actual host name.




               Figure 3-1 License file default values

               4. Select Programs → Netcool Suite → Flex License → lmTools, as shown in
                  Figure 3-2.




               Figure 3-2 License Server: Start menu shortcut

               5. Select the Start/Stop/Reread tab and click the Reread License File button,
                  as shown in Figure 3-3 on page 49.




48   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 3-3 License server: Start/Stop/Reread tab

6. To verify that the license server is reading the licenses correctly, use the
   lmTools. Under the Server Status tab, click the Perform Status Enquiry
   button, as shown in Figure 3-4. This generates a report of the license files
   found, license server version, names of licenses found, number of licenses
   available, and the number of licenses in use.




Figure 3-4 License Server: Server Status tab




                                                       Chapter 3. Installation    49
3.3 Security Manager installation
               This section discusses the installation of the Security Manager in the following
               sub sections:
                   3.3.1, “Security Manager installation on UNIX” on page 50
                   3.3.2, “Security Manager installation on Windows” on page 54


3.3.1 Security Manager installation on UNIX
               The Security Manager installation on UNIX is as follows:
               1. Start the installation by running setup.sh in console mode.
               2. Type Yes and press Enter to accept the license agreement after reviewing it,
                  as shown in Example 3-7.

               Example 3-7 Security Manager installation welcome screen
               [root@localhost C923GIE]#./setup.sh -console

               Product: Netcool/Security Manager
               Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/Security Manager

               To continue press [Enter]: Yes

               End User License Agreement for Netcool/Security Manager

               MICROMUSE END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") effective as of
               February 2006

               The software (the "Licensed Software") enclosed with this End User
               Software License Agreement ("EULA") or delivered via authorized
               download and related documents, training materials and user guides
               (collectively, the ("Documentation") are licensed solely to the entity
               named as licensee in Micromuse's business records (the "Licensee")
               subject to the terms of this EULA, unless such terms are expressly and
               unambiguously amended by a separate written license agreement between
               Licensee and Micromuse Inc. or one of Micromuse Inc.'s subsidiaries or
               affiliates (individually and collectively, "Micromuse" as used herein).
                  . . .

               Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes




50   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3. By default, the Security Manager is selected for installation and there are no
   other components to select. Select n to continue to the next configuration
   screen, as shown in Example 3-8.

Example 3-8 Security Manager installation: component selection
Product: Netcool/Security Manager

SelectFeature
-------------
 [I]1) Security Manager Server - The Netcool Security Manager Server

Select:
1-1) Toggle feature
s) Select all features
u) Select no features
n) Next page (properties configuration).
q) Quit
Option [n]: n

4. In the next configuration screen, shown in Example 3-9, set the Security
   Manager host name, Server Port, HTTP Port, and DB Port. You need to know
   this information for the Security Manager failover setup, IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop installation, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop upgrades, and
   application troubleshooting. You should make note of them now.

Example 3-9 Security Manager installation: ports defined
Product: Netcool/Security Manager

Security Manager Server
Please enter Security Manager Server information

SelectProperties
----------------
1 Server Host [localhost]
2 Server Port [1275]
3 Server HTTP Port [8077]
4 Server DB Port [5600]

Select:
1-4) Change Property
p) Previous page
n) Next page
q) Quit
Option [n]: n




                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   51
5. Select the method of external authentication for the Security Manager, as
                  shown in Example 3-10, type n, and press Enter. In this example, you are
                  using an ObjectServer as your authentication source.

               Example 3-10 Security Manager installation: external authentication source type
               Product: Netcool/Security Manager

               Authentication Source

               Select Authentication source
               ----------------
               1ObjectServerSELECTED
               2LDAP
               3NIS

               Select:
               1-3) Choose Authentication Source
               p) Previous page
               n) Next page
               q) Quit
               Option [n]: n

               6. Enter the ObjectServer details, as shown in Example 3-11. The host name,
                  Port, Username, and Password are details that the Security Manager needs
                  to authenticate user accounts against the ObjectServer.

               Example 3-11 Security Manager installation: external authentication details
               Product: Netcool/Security Manager

               ObjectServer
               Please enter ObjectServer information

               SelectProperties
               ----------------
               1Host        [localhost]
               2Port        [4100]
               3Username    [root]
               4Password    [******]

               Select:
               1-4) Change Property
               p) Previous page
               n) Next page
               q) Quit
               Option [n]: n




52   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
7. Use the default values for the Application Registry, as shown in
   Example 3-12.

Example 3-12 Security Manager installation: application registry
Product: Netcool/Security Manager

Use Application Registry

SelectProperties
----------------
1Use Applicaton Registry [false]

Select:
1) Change Property
i) Install product
p) Previous page
q) Quit
Option [i]: i

8. Wait for the installer to complete. Example 3-13 shows the progress screen
   that you will see during the installation and the completion message.

Example 3-13 Security Manager installation: status screen
Installing product: Netcool/Security Manager.

Product Netcool/Security Manager installed OK.

9. Start the Security Manager Service and check its status by running the
   ncsm_status command, as shown in Example 3-14.

Example 3-14 Security Manager start script
root@localhost bin]# pwd
/opt/netcool/security/bin
root@localhost bin]# ./ncsm_server &
[2] 27658
[root@localhost bin]# Starting Server ...
Logging to file: log/SM_server.log
Apache Tomcat/4.1.8
Apache Tomcat/4.1.8
... Server Started.

[root@localhost bin]# ./ncsm_status
Netcool/SecurityManager license server is running (pid=9139 )
Netcool/SecurityManager Server is running (pid=27665 )




                                                            Chapter 3. Installation   53
10.Open a browser and navigate to http://127.0.0.1:8077. The Security
                  Manager creates a Web site at this address that is used to verify that the
                  installation was successful and that the Security Manager is running, as
                  shown in Figure 3-5.




               Figure 3-5 Security Manager confirmation window



3.3.2 Security Manager installation on Windows
               The installation process for Security Manager on Windows is as follows:
               1. Start the installation by running setup.msi. The installation begins and the
                  welcome window opens, as shown in Figure 3-6 on page 55. Click Next.




54   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 3-6 Security Manager installation: welcome window

2. Accept the license agreement and select Next to continue, as shown in
   Figure 3-7.




Figure 3-7 Security Manager installation: license agreement




                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   55
3. The installer reads the NCHOME environment variable and populates the
                  installation directory location, as shown in Figure 3-8.




               Figure 3-8 Security Manager installation: NCHOME defined

               4. Begin the Security Manager configuration by clicking Next on the window
                  shown in Figure 3-9.




               Figure 3-9 Security Manager installation: component selection




56   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5. In Figure 3-10, set the Security Manager host name, Server Port, HTTP Port,
   and DB Port. This information is needed for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
   installation, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop upgrades, and application
   troubleshooting.




Figure 3-10 Security Manager installation: Security Manager ports defined

6. Select the method of external authentication for the Security Manager, as
   shown in Figure 3-11, and click Next. In this example, we use an
   ObjectServer as our authentication source.




Figure 3-11 Security Manager installation: external data source defined




                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   57
7. Enter the ObjectServer details, as shown in Figure 3-12. The host name, Port,
                  Username, and Password are the details the Security Manager needs to
                  authenticate user accounts against the ObjectServer.




               Figure 3-12 Security Manager installation: define ObjectServer

               8. Use the default values for the Application Registry, as shown in Figure 3-13.




               Figure 3-13 Security Manager installation: application registry

               9. Start the installation by confirming your selections and clicking the Install
                  button, as shown in Figure 3-14 on page 59.




58   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 3-14 Security Manager installation: component confirmation

10.Wait for the installer to complete. Figure 3-15 shows the progress window that
   you will see during the installation.




Figure 3-15 Security Manager installation: progress window




                                                             Chapter 3. Installation   59
11.After the installer completes, the installer displays the installation results, as
                  shown in Figure 3-16. Click Finish to complete the installation.




               Figure 3-16 Security Manager installation: summary window

               12.Start the Netcool Security Manager service.
               13.Open a browser and navigate to http://127.0.0.1:8077. The Security
                  Manager creates a Web site at this address that is used to verify that the
                  installation was successful and that the Security Manager is running, as
                  shown in Figure 3-17.




               Figure 3-17 Security Manager confirmation page




60   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3.4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation
           The installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop itself is discussed in the following
           sections:
              3.4.1, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX” on page 61
              3.4.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows” on page 66


3.4.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX
           The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX is performed as follows:
           1. After reviewing the ReadMe file that is included with the IBM Tivoli
              Netcool/Webtop installation, start the installer by executing the INSTALL
              script, as shown in Example 3-15.

           Example 3-15 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: welcome screen
           [root@localhost C1YR3ML]# ./INSTALL -console

           Product: Netcool/Webtop

           Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/Webtop

           To continue press [Enter]:

           2. Accept the license agreement and type Yes to continue the installation, as
              shown in Example 3-16.

           Example 3-16 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: license agreement
           End User License Agreement for Netcool/Webtop

           MICROMUSE END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
           effective as of February 2006

           The software (the "Licensed Software") enclosed with this End User Software
           License Agreement ("EULA") or delivered via authorized download and related
           documents, training materials and user guides (collectively, the
           ("Documentation") are licensed solely to the entity named as licensee in
           Micromuse's business records (the "Licensee") subject to the terms of this
           EULA, unless such terms are expressly and unambiguously amended by a separate
           written license agreement between Licensee and Micromuse Inc. or one of
           Micromuse Inc.'s subsidiaries or affiliates (individually and collectively,
           "Micromuse" as used herein).

           Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes



                                                                    Chapter 3. Installation   61
3. Confirm the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop components that you want to install.
                  By default, all components are selected, as shown in Example 3-17. If you
                  want to deselect a component, press the number key that corresponds to it.

               Example 3-17 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: component selection
               Product: Netcool/Webtop

               SelectFeature
               -------------
                [I] 1) Netcool/Webtop - Netcool/Webtop
                [I] 2) Netcool/Webtop Migrator - Migration utility to migrate from
               Netcool/Webtop 1.3.x to Netcool/Webtop 2.0. Will be installed in
               NCHOME/webtop/migrator.
                [I] 3) WAAPI - WAAPI client for Netcool/Webtop. Will be installed in
               NCHOME/webtop/waapi.

               Select:
               1-3) Toggle feature
               s) Select all features
               u) Unselect all features
               i) Install selected features
               n) Next page (properties configuration)
               q) Quit
               Option [i]: n

               4. Define the user name, HTTP port, and server host name of the Security
                  Manager server that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server is connecting to for
                  authentication. The NCHOME value will default to /opt/netcool if nothing is
                  defined in the environment, but if the NCHOME is already set to a custom
                  value, the installer will use that value. The installer would not add this value
                  (or any other variables) in /etc/profile; you have to add it manually for IBM
                  Tivoli Netcool/Webtop to function correctly. Refer to Example 3-18 on page 63
                  for more details.




62   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Example 3-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: NCHOME and Security Manager
defined
Product: Netcool/Webtop

SelectProperties
----------------
 1 NCHOME default destination directory [/opt/netcool]
 2 Default host name for the Security Manager. [localhost]
 3 HTTP Port Number for the security Manager. [8077]
 4 Administrators username for the Security manager. [admin]

Select:
1-4) Change Property
i) Install product
p) Previous page
n) Next page
q) Quit

Option [i]: n

5. Set the Security Manager account password, license server host name,
   license server port, and HTTP port for Netcool GUI Foundation, as shown in
   Example 3-19. The HTTP port is the port you will be using to connect to the
   IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server with a browser. In this example, you would
   need to use the URL http://localhost:8080 to connect.

Example 3-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: dependencies continued
Product: Netcool/Webtop

SelectProperties
----------------
 1 Administrators password for the Security manager. [netcool]
 2 Default address for the license server. [localhost]
 3 Default port for the license server. [27000]
 4 NGF HTTP Server Port. [8080]

Select:
1-4) Change Property
i) Install product
p) Previous page
n) Next page
q) Quit

Option [i]: n




                                                         Chapter 3. Installation   63
6. Set the NGF Server Control Port, NGF Database Port, ObjectServer name,
                  and ObjectServer host name, as shown in Example 3-20. The ObjectServer
                  host name should be a fully qualified domain name if you are using a remote
                  server. The NGF control port and DB port do not normally need to be
                  modified, but you should be aware that your application is using them to avoid
                  conflicts and port scans.

               Example 3-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: properties
               Product: Netcool/Webtop

               SelectProperties
               ----------------
                1 NGF Server Control Port. [8085]
                2 NGF Database Port. [8089]
                3 Existing ObjectServer name [NCOMS]
                4 Existing ObjectServer host [localhost]

               Select:
               1-4) Change Property
               i) Install product
               p) Previous page
               n) Next page
               q) Quit

               Option [i]: n

               7. Set the ObjectServer port, user name, and password that IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop will be using for event data, as shown in Example 3-21.

               Example 3-21 ObjectServer attributes
               Product: Netcool/Webtop

               SelectProperties
               ----------------
                1 Existing ObjectServer port [4100]
                2 Existing ObjectServer username [root]
                3 Existing ObjectServer password []

               Select:
               1-3) Change Property
               i) Install product
               p) Previous page
               q) Quit

               Option [i]: i




64   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
8. Confirm your application component select one last time before beginning the
   installation. Press i and Enter to begin the installation, as shown in
   Example 3-22.

Example 3-22 Installation feature
installing Features
-------------------
 [I] 1) Netcool/Webtop - Netcool/Webtop
 [I] 2) Netcool/Webtop Migrator - Migration utility to migrate from
Netcool/Webtop 1.3.x to Netcool/Webtop 2.0. Will be installed in
NCHOME/webtop/migrator.
 [I] 3) WAAPI - WAAPI client for Netcool/Webtop. Will be installed in
NCHOME/webtop/waapi.

Do you want to continue ([I]nstall/[M]ore/[C]ancel) []: i

9. Wait for the installation to complete. After the installer completes, you will get
   message shown in Example 3-23. The installation will not actually be
   complete until the Netcool/GUI Foundation (NGF) server is started for the first
   time and provisioned successfully. This is covered in 3.5, “Netcool/GUI
   Foundation” on page 72.

Example 3-23 Installation complete
Installing product: Netcool/Webtop.

Product Netcool/Webtop installed OK.




                                                          Chapter 3. Installation   65
3.4.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows
               The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows is as follows:
               1. After reviewing the ReadMe file that is included with the IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop installation, start the installer by executing setup.exe. Click
                  Next in the welcome window shown in Figure 3-18.




               Figure 3-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: welcome window

               2. Accept the license agreement and click Next to continue the installation, as
                  shown in Figure 3-19.




               Figure 3-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: license agreement


66   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3. The installer reads the environment variable for your system (%NCHOME%)
   and displays your IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation location, as shown in
   Figure 3-20. If %NCHOME% is not displayed here, cancel the installation and
   review your system configuration.




Figure 3-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: %NCHOME% defined

4. Confirm the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop components that you want to install.
   By default, all components are selected, as shown in Figure 3-21. If you want
   to de-select a component, double-click the component name.




Figure 3-21 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: component confirmation




                                                          Chapter 3. Installation   67
5. Enter the license server host name and port, as shown in Figure 3-22.




               Figure 3-22 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: License Server defined

               6. Enter the ObjectServer name, host name of the ObjectServer, ObjectServer
                  port, user name, and password, as shown in Figure 3-23. This information will
                  be used to create your data source file so that it defines where IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop gets its event data from. This information is not used for
                  authentication.




               Figure 3-23 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: ObjectServer defined




68   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
7. Enter the Security Manager host name and HTTP port, as shown in
   Figure 3-24. IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop uses this information for its internal
   and external user account authentication.




Figure 3-24 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: Security Manager ports defined

8. Define the Security Manager user name and password, as shown in
   Figure 3-25. By default, the user account is admin and the password is
   netcool.




Figure 3-25 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: Security Manager login




                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   69
9. Define the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop ports for the NGF HTTP server, NGF
                  Server Control, and NGF Database, as shown in Figure 3-26.




               Figure 3-26 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: NGF ports defined

               10.Confirm your selected configuration and click the Install button, as shown in
                  Figure 3-27.




               Figure 3-27 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation summary

               11.Wait for the installer to complete. The window shown in Figure 3-28 on
                  page 71 shows the installation progress.




70   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 3-28 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installer progress window

12.Click the Finish button to complete the installation.




                                                           Chapter 3. Installation   71
3.5 Netcool/GUI Foundation
               The configuration of Netcool/GUI Foundation is as follows:
               1. Starting the NGF server for the first time will provision the IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop server and the Security Manager that it is configured to use.
                  This process returns many provisioning status messages, which is normal.
                  This process needs to complete fully the first time the server is started. Run
                  ngf_server start to start the server or start the Netcool/GUI Foundation
                  service from the Windows Services window. See Example 3-24 for an
                  example of the UNIX startup.

               Example 3-24 Provisioning the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server when starting the
               server for the first time
               [root@localhost bin]# $NCHOME/bin/ngf_server start
               Starting Netcool GUI Foundation ...
               Linking ASA libraries
               ln -s /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbcis9.so
               /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbcis9.so.1
               ln -s /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbencod9_r.so
               /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbencod9_r.so.1
                  . . .
               00_smprovision_init.xml machant_webtop.xml
               waiting on provisioning script to complete execution
               00_smprovision_init.xml machant_webtop.xml
               waiting on provisioning script to complete execution
               00_smprovision_init.xml machant_webtop.xml
               waiting on provisioning script to complete execution

               NGF Server:         Running            PID: 30724
               ASA Database:       Running            PID: 30715


                 Note: If Security Manager is not started, Netcool/GUI Foundation will fail to
                 process the XML files and will keep on retrying the provisioning.




72   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
2. Log into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server with the admin account, as shown
   in Figure 3-29. The default port is 8080, the user name is admin, and the
   password is netcool. This account is used to configure access to IBM Tivoli
   Netcool/Webtop for the webadmin user you just created in the ObjectServer.




Figure 3-29 NGF login window




                                                     Chapter 3. Installation   73
3. After the admin account is authenticated, you will see the welcome window
                   shown in Figure 3-30.




Figure 3-30 NGF default welcome window

                4. From the welcome window, select the Administration option in the drop
                   down box to navigate to the NGF administration window, as shown in
                   Figure 3-31.




Figure 3-31 NGF administration window


74    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
The System Information window also contains the server runtime information,
                    as shown in Figure 3-32.




Figure 3-32 System Information: server runtime window

                    The System Information window also allows you to view Java Runtime
                    information, which includes Java Virtual Machine environment variables, a
                    user name, and other Java properties, as shown in Figure 3-33.




Figure 3-33 System Information: Java runtime window

                5. Click Logout to close the session.



                                                                      Chapter 3. Installation   75
76   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4


    Chapter 4.   Configuration
                 The configuration of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the following
                 sections:
                     4.1, “Basic IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration” on page 78
                     4.2, “Security settings” on page 86
                     4.3, “Visual components” on page 101
                     4.4, “Navigation components” on page 131
                     4.5, “HTML file” on page 138




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                77
4.1 Basic IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration
               The basic configuration is discussed in the following sections:
                   4.1.1, “WAAPI configuration” on page 78
                   4.1.2, “Data sources” on page 81
                   4.1.3, “SSL configuration” on page 84


4.1.1 WAAPI configuration
               Perform the following steps to configure the Webtop Administration API (WAAPI):
               1. Configure the WAAPI by editing the $NCHOME/webtop/waapi/etc/waapi.init
                  file to include a user that is a Normal ObjectServer user and a Webtop Admin
                  user account. In Example 4-1 webadmin was created in the ObjectServer and
                  NGF and given the proper group and role access in each server.

               Example 4-1 WAAPI configuration file
               4888C############################################################
               #   Netcool/Webtop Auto Admin API (WAAPI) Configuration File
               waapi.host:localhost
               waapi.port:8080
               waapi.contextpath:/webtop
               waapi.secureport:8443
               waapi.user:webadmin
               waapi.password:netcool
               waapi.file:
               waapi.timeoutsecs: 600

               2. Set the environment variable WAAPI_HOME to $NCHOME/webtop/waapi.
               3. Test the configuration by running the webtop_osresync WAAPI script, as
                  shown in Example 4-2. The user running this script must have the Webtop
                  Administrator role.

               Example 4-2 Testing the WAAPI configuration
               [root@localhost bin]# /opt/netcool/webtop/bin/webtop_osresync
               ********************************************************************
               WAAPIClient: Request sent to server on http://localhost:8080/webtop/...
               Thu May 28 11:55:48 PDT 2009
               NCWRPCOSConfigHandler.refreshOSCache() command excecuted.
               ********************************************************************
               WAAPIClient: 1 method was fully executed.




78   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4. If you are using SSL with WAAPI, you need to alter the runwaapi command to
   locate the correct client keystore:
   – For example, on UNIX platforms (all on one line):
      ${JAVA} -Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore=/etc/.keystoreWAAPI -cp
      ${WAAPILIB} com.micromuse.wave.client.WAAPIStart -home
      $WAAPI_HOME $*
   – For example, on Windows platforms (all on one line):
      %OMNIJAVA% -Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore=c:.keystoreWAAPI -cp
      %WAAPILIB% com.micromuse.wave.client.WAAPIStart -home
      "%WAAPI_HOME%" %*
5. Additional configuration for WAAPI can be made from its properties file in
   install_dir/products/ncw/waapi/etc/waapi.init. It contains the client
   connection information details for accessing the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
   server.

WAAPI is invoked using an XML file. The skeleton of the XML file is shown in
Example 4-3.

Example 4-3 Sample WAAPI XML file structure
<methodCall>
   <method methodName = "methodName">
      Element object definition and arguments
   </method>
</methodCall>

The methodName in Example 4-3 indicates the operation that WAAPI is
performing. The available method names and WAAPI object construct that are
used as argument are listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 WAAPI methods and elements
 Method name                             Element reference

 cgi.registerCGI                         cgi
 cgi.createOrReplaceCGI
 cgi.modifyCGI
 cgi.unregisterCGI

 entity.addEntity                        entity
 entity.createOrReplaceEntity
 entity.deleteEntity
 entity.deleteEntityForced
 entity.modifyEntity
 entity.setDefaultGroup




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration    79
Method name                                Element reference

                 entity.setDefaultView                      entityView

                 file.addDir                                file
                 file.addFile
                 file.createOrReplaceFile
                 file.deleteFile
                 file.recurseRemove
                 file.removeDir

                 map.addMapVisual                           map
                 map.createMap
                 map.createOrReplaceMap
                 map.createOrReplaceMapVisual
                 map.deleteMap
                 map.deleteMapVisual
                 map.getList
                 map.modifyMap
                 map.modifyMapVisual

                 menu.createMenu                            supermenu
                 menu.createOrReplaceMenu
                 menu.deleteMenu
                 menu.modifyMenu

                 osresync.refreshOSCache                    N/A

                 resource.addResource                       resources -> resource
                 resource.createOrReplaceResource
                 resource.getList
                 resource.removeResource

                 tool.createTool                            tools
                 tool.createOrReplaceTool
                 tool.deleteTool
                 tool.getList
                 tool.modifyTool

                 user.getList                               user
                 user.modifyUser

                 view.createView                            view

                 view.createOrReplaceView

                 view.deleteView

                 view.getList

                 view.modifyView




80   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Method name                                Element reference

            webtopprobe.generateReport                 N/A



4.1.2 Data sources
           Perform the following steps to configure the data source definition:
           1. Before editing the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop data source file, you need to
              shut down the NGF server. Use the ngf_server stop command to perform
              the shutdown (for UNIX), as shown in Example 4-4, or stop the Netcool GUI
              Foundation service (for Windows).

           Example 4-4 Stopping the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server in UNIX
           [root@localhost bin]# ./ngf_server stop
           Stopping Netcool GUI Foundation ...
           Adaptive Server Anywhere Stop Engine Utility Version 9.0.1.1965

           NGF Server:        Not Running        PID: n/a
           ASA Database:      Not Running        PID: n/a

           2. The data source file resides in
              $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml. You
              should back that file up before making any modifications. The data source file
              is shown in Example 4-5. This configures the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
              server to use a single ObjectServer data source with a custom port, host
              name, user, and password.

           Example 4-5 Default data source file contents
           <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
           <ncwDataSourceDefinitions>
              <ncwDefaultDataSourceList>
                 <ncwDataSourceEntry name="NCOMS"/>
              </ncwDefaultDataSourceList>
              <ncwDataSourceDefinition type="singleServerOSDataSource"
                 name="NCOMS" enabled="true">
                 <ncwResultsCacheParameters maxAge="60" enabled="false"
                    cleanerSleepTime="120"/>
                 <ncwDataSourcePollingParameters>
                    <ncwFailOverPollingParameters basePollingTime="10"
                       backOffMultiplier="2"/>
                    <ncwHeartBeatParameters basePollingTime="15"/>
                 </ncwDataSourcePollingParameters>
                 <ncwConnectionParameters>


                                                                 Chapter 4. Configuration   81
<ncwStatementParameters>
                           <ncwQueryTimeout baseTime="60"/>
                        </ncwStatementParameters>
                     </ncwConnectionParameters>
                     <ncwConfigCacheParameters resyncTime="3600"/>
                     <ncwDataSourceCredentials password="pwd" userName="root"
                        encrypted="false"/>
                     <ncwFailOverPairDefinition>
                        <ncwPrimaryServer>
                           <ncwOSConnection host="localhost" port="4100"/>
                        </ncwPrimaryServer>
                     </ncwFailOverPairDefinition>
                  </ncwDataSourceDefinition>
               </ncwDataSourceDefinitions>

                   Some of the configuration parameters shown in Example 4-5 on page 81 are
                   defined as follows:
                   ncwResultsCacheParameters
                                     Caching of the ObjectServer events
                   ncwDataSourcePollingParameters
                                      Polling of data source failover configuration
                   ncwConnectionParameters
                                     Configuration for how a connection is handled, such as
                                     timeout and other configuration
                   ncwConfigCacheParameters
                                     Configuration for reading the data source configuration
                   ncwFailOverPairDefinition
                                       Definition of the ObjectServer to connect
               3. There are some modifications that you can make to the data source definition:
                   – To add another ObjectServer definition, define a new
                     ncwDataSourceDefinition tag.
                   – To define a backup ObjectServer information, change the
                     ncwDataSourceDefinition tag’s type parameter to
                     multipleServerOSDataSource. The backup host name and port is specified
                     with the ncwBackupServer tag under the ncwFailOverPairDefinition tag.
                   – To configure the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server to use a Dual Source
                     Desktop ObjectServer data source, you can use a
                     ncwReadCloudDefinition tag with one or more ncwOSConnection tags.




82   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Example 4-6 Data source file: DSD Netcool/Webtop and multiple data sources with
failover
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<ncwDataSourceDefinitions>
   <ncwDefaultDataSourceList>
      <ncwDataSourceEntry name="AMETHYST"/>
   </ncwDefaultDataSourceList>
   <ncwDataSourceDefinition type="multipleServerOSDataSource"
name="AMETHYST" enabled="true">
      <ncwDataSourcePollingParameters>
         <ncwFailOverPollingParameters basePollingTime="10"
backOffMultiplier="2"/>
         <ncwHeartBeatParameters basePollingTime="15"/>
      </ncwDataSourcePollingParameters>
      <ncwConfigCacheParameters resyncTime="3600"/>
      <ncwDataSourceCredentials userName="root" password=""
encrypted="false"/>
      <ncwFailOverPairDefinition>
         <ncwPrimaryServer>
            <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.7" port="4545"/>
         </ncwPrimaryServer>
         <ncwBackUpServer>
            <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.8" port="4646"/>
         </ncwBackUpServer>
      </ncwFailOverPairDefinition>
      <ncwReadCloudDefinition>
         <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.9" port="4747"/>
         <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.10" port="4848"/>
         <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.11" port="4949"/>
      </ncwReadCloudDefinition>
   </ncwDataSourceDefinition>
</ncwDataSourceDefinitions>

4. After you have finished the data source configuration editing, start the NGF
   server. In UNIX, use the ngf_server start command (for UNIX), as shown in
   Example 4-7),or start the Netcool GUI Foundation service (in Windows).

Example 4-7 Start the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server in UNIX
[root@localhost bin]# ./ngf_server start
Starting Netcool GUI Foundation ...

NGF Server:       Running            PID: 8004
ASA Database:     Running            PID: 8000




                                                      Chapter 4. Configuration    83
4.1.3 SSL configuration
               This section discusses SSL activation for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and NGF for
               SSL connectivity. This allows WAAPI and the browser interface to connect
               through SSL. The procedure is described below; however, the certificate must be
               imported into the WAAPI client keystore for the SSL connection to work. Perform
               the following steps:
               1. To start the Webtop SSL configuration, you need to stop the NGF server; use
                  the ngf_server stop command.
               2. Create a directory to hold your SSL certificates and generate your SSL
                  keystore, as shown in Example 4-8. Use the keytool command that resides in
                  $NCHOME/platform/<arch>/<jre>/bin.

                    Note: When generating the SSL keystore, the answer to What is your
                    first and last name? should be the fully qualified domain name of the
                    NGF server. This should be the same name that you use for the browser
                    URL to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.

               Example 4-8 Create a self-signed certificate
               [root@localhost bin]# ./keytool -genkey -alias ngf -keyalg RSA
               -keystore /etc/keystore
               Enter keystore password: netcool
               What is your first and last name?
                 [Unknown]: webtop.ral.ibm.com
               What is the name of your organizational unit?
                 [Unknown]: IBM
               What is the name of your organization?
                 [Unknown]: IBM
               What is the name of your City or Locality?
                 [Unknown]: RTP
               What is the name of your State or Province?
                 [Unknown]: NC
               What is the two-letter country code for this unit?
                 [Unknown]: US
               Is CN=webtop.ral.ibm.com, OU=IBM, O=IBM, L=RTP, ST=NC, C=US correct?
               (type "yes" or "no")
                 [no]: yes

               Enter key password for <ngf>
               (RETURN if same as keystore password):           netcool




84   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3. Edit NCHOME/guifoundation/server.xml to change the HTTP (port 8080)
   connection to an HTTPS (port 8443) connection and use the keystore
   generated from Example 4-8 on page 84. The modified definition is shown in
   Example 4-9.

Example 4-9 Turn off HTTP for NGF
<!-- Connector port="8080"
   maxThreads="500"
   minSpareThreads="50"
   maxSpareThreads="100"
   enableLookups="false"
   redirectPort="8443"
   acceptCount="500"
   debug="0"
   connectionTimeout="20000"
   URIEncoding="UTF-8"
   disableUploadTimeout="true" / !-->
<Connector port="8443"
   maxThreads="500"
   minSpareThreads="50"
   maxSpareThreads="100"
   enableLookups="false"
   disableUploadTimeout="true"
   acceptCount="500"
   scheme="https"
   secure="true"
   clientAuth="false"
   keystoreFile="/etc/keystore"
   keystorePass="netcool"
   URIEncoding="UTF-8"
   sslProtocol="TLS" />

4. Start the NGF server so that the changes can take effect.




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   85
4.1.4 Additional IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop settings
               There are some other settings that can be used to configure IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop server:
                   The server.init file in $NCHOME/etc/webtop
                   The server.init file provides the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server
                   initialization values for initializing the Netcool GUI Foundation parameters.
                   There are some customizations that can be performed, such as:
                   –   Licensing information
                   –   User settings
                   –   Various objects defaults
                   –   Event data retrieval rate
                   –   The retrieval rate for the ObjectServer
                   The userdefaults.props file in $NCHOME/etc/webtop/system
                   The userdefaults.props file contains the default user properties for IBM
                   Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, such as AEL default properties, map properties, and
                   other attributes, such as time zone settings, home page, and restriction filter.



4.2 Security settings
               The security settings discussed in this section include:
                   4.2.1, “User configuration” on page 86
                   4.2.2, “Group management” on page 99


4.2.1 User configuration
               To define a user that is externally authenticated by the ObjectServer, perform the
               following steps:
               1. Open the ObjectServer administrative console by running the nco_config
                  command under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin (for UNIX) or by selecting
                  Programs → Netcool Suite → Administrator (for Windows).
               2. When opening the console for the first time or after making changes with
                  nco_xigen, you will be prompted to import the connection details, as shown in
                  Figure 4-1 on page 87. Select Yes to continue the connection setup.




86   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-1 ObjectServer connection import prompt

3. Read through the information window shown in Figure 4-2 and select Next to
   continue the configuration.




Figure 4-2 ObjectServer connection import menu: welcome window




                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   87
4. All the ObjectServer connections should appear in the right pane of the next
                  configuration window, shown in Figure 4-3. If your ObjectServer, NCOMS by
                  default, is in the left pane, move it to the right pane. Once all the
                  ObjectServers are in the right pane, click Next.




               Figure 4-3 ObjectServer connection import menu: OS connection




88   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5. This window defines the PA server connection name and port, as shown in
   Figure 4-4. There is no PA server for Windows installations, so this window
   could be pointed at an external UNIX PA server or ignored, as it will not be
   used on Windows.




Figure 4-4 ObjectServer connection import menu: PA connection




                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration     89
6. Confirm the connection details and click Finish to complete the administrative
                  console connection settings, as shown in Figure 4-5.




               Figure 4-5 ObjectServer connection import menu: summary




90   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
7. Open the OMNIbus administration console by running the nco_config
                    command. Log in to the ObjectServer that you have defined as the Security
                    Manager external authentication source. In this example, the ObjectServer is
                    NCOMS, as shown in Figure 4-6. The default user name is root with a blank
                    password.




Figure 4-6 ObjectServer administrative console




                                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   91
8. Select the user menu, as shown in Figure 4-7.




               Figure 4-7 ObjectServer user account management window




92   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
9. Create a new user account by clicking the new user button and defining the
   user details. For this example, the user should be a Normal user with no
   restriction filters set and a password set in the Settings tab, as shown in
   Figure 4-8.




Figure 4-8 ObjectServer user account detail: Groups tab




                                                          Chapter 4. Configuration   93
10.Select the Security tab to open the user management window, as shown in
                   Figure 4-9, and click the Add User button to create a new IBM Tivoli
                   Netcool/Webtop user account.




Figure 4-9 NGF user management window

                11.Fill in the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields and check the
                   Authenticate Externally box on the User Details tab, as shown in
                   Figure 4-10 on page 95.




94    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-10 NGF new user creation window: User Details tab

                12.Select the User Roles tab and assign the new user. In our example the
                   webadmin is the user and we assign the Webtop user, Webtop administration,
                   and NGF User roles to it, as shown in Figure 4-11.




Figure 4-11 NGF new user creation window: User Roles




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   95
13.Select the User Groups tab and assign the Desktop group to the account, as
                    shown in Figure 4-12.




Figure 4-12 NGF new user creation window: User Groups

                 14.Click Save to save the new user account and you will be taken back to the
                    Security tab, where you will find your new user account listed in the users
                    table, as shown in Figure 4-13.




Figure 4-13 NGF administration Security tab users table with a new account

                 15.After the user is created, you can further modify the user settings by clicking
                    the pencil icon     .




96    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
16.To delete the user, check the check box of the user you wanted to delete and
   click Delete. When you delete a user, confirm your user deletion request by
   clicking the OK button, as shown in Figure 4-14.




Figure 4-14 User deletion confirmation

17.To further customize the user, open the Webtop Admin application and select
   the User preferences pane. User selection is provided in the User Editor, as
   shown in Figure 4-15.




Figure 4-15 User Editor




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   97
18.The User Preferences Editor changes IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop attributes
                  for the user. Click the Modify User Profile button to change the user
                  preferences, as shown in Figure 4-16.




               Figure 4-16 User Preferences Editor

               19.The user preferences in Figure 4-16 have the following elements:
                   – A restriction filter defined in the ObjectServer (if the user is authenticated
                     from an ObjectServer)
                   – The user’s default page when they log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.
                   – Several options to allow or show certain items in the Event List:
                      •   Filter and view selection: Choose which filter and view to use.
                      •   Filter builder: Change a filter.
                      •   View builder access: Modify a view.
                      •   Preferences configuration: Change the preferences by selecting
                          Edit → Preferences in the Event List.
                      •   Event selection: Allows you to select an event for modification
                   The default for the refresh rate is not configurable (it determines how often
                   event information is retrieved from the ObjectServer). It also has a close
                   relationship with the IDUC rate, as the data on the desktop ObjectServer is
                   updated based on the IDUC rate. This can impact the performance of IBM
                   Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Click Modify This Profile when done.




98   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4.2.2 Group management
                Groups are used to easily define a set of authorizations to be given to all
                members of the group. They are typically created to serve the authorization
                needs of a group of users. In IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0, the use of a group
                replaces the Access Control List (ACL) in the previous versions. To create a
                group, perform the following steps:
                1. Log in to Netcool GUI Foundation and open the Administration window.
                2. Select the Security tab and the Groups pane, as shown in Figure 4-17. Click
                   the Add Group button.




Figure 4-17 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Security tab Groups window




                                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   99
3. Enter a group name and a display name for the group, as shown in
                    Figure 4-18. The external authentication name should only be used for
                    advanced configurations. It is only used for mapping the NGF group to a
                    group with the same name that exists in the Security Manager’s external
                    authentication source.




Figure 4-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Security tab: Group Properties tab

                 4. Assign the roles that you want associated with this group. Figure 4-19 on
                    page 101 shows that the group contains the GUI Foundation user and GUI
                    Foundation read only roles.




100     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Security tab: Group Roles tab

                 5. Click Save to save the definition.



4.3 Visual components
                 The visual component modifications that can be performed for IBM Tivoli
                 Netcool/Webtop are:
                    4.3.1, “View creation” on page 101
                    4.3.2, “Filter creation” on page 106
                    4.3.3, “Entity definition” on page 108
                    4.3.4, “Chart definition” on page 114
                    4.3.5, “Map definition” on page 122


4.3.1 View creation
                 After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as the
                 administrator and create a view by performing the following steps:
                 1. Log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and open the Webtop Admin application.




                                                                      Chapter 4. Configuration   101
2. Select View Builder from the left navigation pane. The View Builder is shown
                    in Figure 4-20.




Figure 4-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop View Builder editor menu




102     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3. Click the plus sign to create a new view. Enter the view name, select the
   ObjectServer columns to be displayed, and determine the sort order, as
   shown in Figure 4-21. Refer to Table 2-7 on page 39 for information about the
   ObjectServer fields.




Figure 4-21 Webtop View Builder view editor




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   103
4. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop view is created when you click Save and then
                    OK. The new view is shown in the view list shown in Figure 4-22.




Figure 4-22 View definition completed




104     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5. Go to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop and select the Event Lists tab.
   You should see the Active Event List (AEL). Use the new view that you
   created. Now you have an AEL that only displays the ObjectServer columns
   that you defined in your custom view, as shown in Figure 4-23.




Figure 4-23 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop AEL with new view




                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   105
4.3.2 Filter creation
                 After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as the
                 administrator and create a filter by performing the following steps:
                 1. Log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and browse to the Webtop Admin
                    application. Select Filter Builder, which opens the window shown in
                    Figure 4-24.




Figure 4-24 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Filter Builder

                 2. Click the plus sign to create a new IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop filter. Give the
                    filter a name and define the filter value, as shown in Figure 4-25 on page 107.
                    You can use comparison operators (such as: <, >, <=, >=, <>, !=, like, not like)
                    to check the event.




106     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-25 Webtop filter builder new filter window

3. Save the filter by clicking OK.




                                                      Chapter 4. Configuration   107
4. Load the filter by selecting it from the AEL filter drop-down menu. The result is
                  shown in Figure 4-26.




               Figure 4-26 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop AEL filter applied


4.3.3 Entity definition
               An entity is an aggregate of a filter and a view, and is typically used by active
               objects in maps to establish the initial display criteria of a linked component. For
               example, when a user clicks a monitor box in a map that opens an AEL, the entity
               assigned to the monitor box applies the initial filter and view to that AEL.

               Entities are also used to display the alert status of a data source. The map object
               uses the entity associated with it to derive the highest alert severity of the
               assigned data source. This severity can then be identified by the color of the
               object.




108   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as the IBM Tivoli
                Netcool/Webtop administrator to create an entity by performing the following
                steps:
                1. Open the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administration window and select the
                   Entities pane, as shown in Figure 4-27.




Figure 4-27 Webtop Admin entities window

                2. Click the Add Entity button to open the Entity Editor, as shown in Figure 4-28
                   on page 110. The add entity window allows you to also add a new Entity
                   Group by selecting the Group drop-down menu, selecting <Add New Group>,
                   and entering the new Entity Group name.




                                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   109
Figure 4-28 Webtop Admin Entity Editor

               3. After entering a entity name, click the Add This Entity button to load the next
                  window of the Entity Editor, which is shown in Figure 4-29.




               Figure 4-29 Webtop Admin Entity Editor details window

               4. Click the Modify This Entity button to save the entity details and you will see
                  your new entity in the Entity Browser window.

               After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as a IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop administrator to create an entity view by performing the following
               steps:
               1. Open the Webtop Admin window and select the Entity Views pane, as shown
                  in Figure 4-30 on page 111. This pane allows you to create, modify, and
                  delete an entity view. An entity view can only be deleted when there are no
                  views that depend on it.




110   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-30 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Entity View Editor

                 2. Click the Create Entity View button to bring up the Create Entity View menu
                    shown in Figure 4-31. The DEFAULT OS entry refers to the ObjectServer
                    specified as the default in the configuration file.




                 Figure 4-31 Entity view creation menu

                 3. Enter a View Name for the new view and select the group that will have
                    access to this view and click OK.




                                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   111
4. Define the ObjectServer columns that should be included in the view and
                  customize the fields’ details, as shown in Figure 4-32, and click Apply.




               Figure 4-32 Entity view details menu

               The Entity Generator is another way to create entities. The Entity Generator
               takes a snapshot of the contents of an ObjectServer and generates different
               entities for each unique value for a field and associates its metric with the
               aggregate value of another field. It allows automatic generation of a map that is
               populated with the entities. To use the Entity Generator, perform the following
               steps:
               1. From the Netcool GUI Foundation window, select Webtop Admin and go to
                  the Entity Generator window, as shown in Figure 4-33 on page 113.




112   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-33 Entity Generator window

2. Click the Generate Entities button to generate the entities (and map). The
   window shown in Figure 4-34 should appear.




Figure 4-34 Unique entities for the node fields



                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   113
3. The resulting map is shown in Figure 4-35.




               Figure 4-35 Generated map with entities


4.3.4 Chart definition
               After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, you can create a chart
               configuration by performing the following steps:
               1. Browse to $NCHOME/etc/webtop/charts/definitions to find the installed
                  charts, as shown in Example 4-10.

                  Example 4-10 Chart definitions
                  [root@localhost definitions]# pwd
                  /opt/netcool/etc/webtop/charts/definitions
                  [root@localhost definitions]# ls
                  BAR_3Deventsbylocation.xml   PIE_Severity.xml
                  BAR_eventsbylocation.xml     SBAR_3Deventsbylocationseverity.xml
                  LINE_3Deventsbylocation.xml SBAR_eventsbylocationseverity.xml
                  LINE_eventsbylocation.xml    SBAR_SeverityByLocation.xml
                  PIE_3Deventsbyseverity.xml   SBAR_SeverityByType.xml
                  PIE_eventsbyseverity.xml     SBAR_UnAckdByLocation.xml

               2. The chart definitions are XML files. You can copy a chart that you want to
                  modify and give it another name.




114   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
3. Open the copied chart and edit the chart so that the ncchart name tag has the
   same value as the actual file name of the chart, as shown in Example 4-11.

   Example 4-11 Chart definition file
   <?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes" ?>
   <chartdata>
      <ncchart name="BAR_1_eventsbylocation" >
         <header>
            <text value="Events by Location - New"/>
            <foreground value="#ffffff"/>
            <background value="#000033"/>
            <font fontStyle="Bold" fontName="Helvetica" fontSize="12"/>
         </header>
         <footer>
            <text value="ITSO"/>
            <foreground value="#ffffff"/>
            <background value="#000033"/>
            <font fontStyle="Plain" fontName="Helvetica" fontSize="12"/>
         </footer>
      . . .

4. Charts can be accessed statically as images from HTML pages. An example
   of an HTML page that access the chart definition that we created is shown in
   Example 4-12.

   Example 4-12 Sample HTML page for chart
   <HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Sample chart page</TITLE></HEAD>
   <BODY>
   <H1>Sample chart page</H1>
   <IMG
   SRC="ChartView?template=BAR_1_eventsbylocation&format=PNG&request=im
   age&chart=quote&width=800&height=400">
   </BODY></HTML>

   In Example 4-12, the template refers to the chart definition file that we
   created.




                                                     Chapter 4. Configuration   115
5. Open the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop and select the Charts tab, as
                    shown in Figure 4-36.




Figure 4-36 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop chart tab




116     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
6. Edit the chart tab by clicking the   icon. The initial chart tab definition is
                      shown in Figure 4-37.




Figure 4-37 Initial chart definition with its viewpoints




                                                                       Chapter 4. Configuration        117
7. Click Add Viewpoint and select a chart viewpoint for the layout, as shown in
                    Figure 4-38.




Figure 4-38 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop chart tab: chart viewpoint selection




118     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
8. After clicking the Save and Apply button, you will be returned to the layout
                    page, which is shown in Figure 4-39. Click the Save and Apply button again
                    to be returned to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Charts tab.




Figure 4-39 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Charts tab view layout detail window




                                                                       Chapter 4. Configuration   119
9. In the Charts tab, select the new ChartView. In the chart area, expand the
                    menu and select the Customize ( ) icon, as shown in Figure 4-40.




Figure 4-40 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Chart tab: new ChartView edit detail




120     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
10.Select the new chart you created from the Charts drop-down list, as shown in
                   in Figure 4-41, and click Done.




Figure 4-41 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Charts tab: new ChartView editor menu




                                                                      Chapter 4. Configuration   121
11.The resulting chart is shown in Figure 4-42.




Figure 4-42 The new chart definition


4.3.5 Map definition
                 After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as a IBM Tivoli
                 Netcool/Webtop administrator and create a new map by performing the following
                 steps:
                 1. Open the Webtop Admin Maps tab to get to the Map Browser and wait for the
                    Java applet to load under the menu buttons, as shown in Figure 4-43 on
                    page 123.




122     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-43 Webtop Admin Map Browser

2. Click the Create Map button to open the Java Map Editor and enter the name
   for your new map file, as shown in Figure 4-44.




Figure 4-44 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor new map prompt




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   123
3. Look over Java Map Editor and customize the colors and image background if
                    desires, as shown in Figure 4-45.




Figure 4-45 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor

                    The objects that can be added to a map are:
                     – Inactive objects that are shown in a map or a direct link to a URL
                     – Active objects that are linked to an URL, AEL, LEL, or table view
                     – Lines and texts that enhance the display.




124     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4. Add monitor lavalamp (       ) and button (     ) objects to the map area by
                    clicking the object and then clicking the map area. The two objects are
                    created in the map area. You can right-click the object and select Properties
                    to customize them, as shown in Figure 4-46.




Figure 4-46 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor: two objects added




                                                                      Chapter 4. Configuration   125
5. The monitor or lavalamp would open an Active Event List (AEL). The
                    properties of the Lavalamp are shown in Figure 4-47. Click Apply and then
                    OK when done. The monitor must be associated to an entity to define the
                    status of entity it is monitoring.




Figure 4-47 Webtop Java Map Editor lavalamp properties tab

                 6. The properties of the button are shown in Figure 4-48. Clicking this button
                    would launch the IBM Web site in a new window.




Figure 4-48 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor button properties




126     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
7. Save the map by selecting File → Save and close the Java Map Editor to
   return to the Webtop Admin map browser menu. Your new map will be shown
   in the browser menu shown in Figure 4-43 on page 123.
8. Highlight the newly created map and click Preview Map to test the new map.
   Ours is shown in Figure 4-49.




Figure 4-49 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop new map preview

9. Test the Lavalamp button to make sure it is launching the appropriate actions.




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   127
Map resources allow definitions of images and icons for a map. Resources can
                be assigned to an individual map, or put into a common directory so that all maps
                have access to them. If you want all maps to be able to access the resource, put
                them in the NCHOME/etc/webtop/resources/__common directory. The following
                procedure assigns a resource to a single map:
                1. Select the Map Resources pane from the Webtop Admin window, as shown in
                   Figure 4-50.




Figure 4-50 Webtop Admin Resource Manager

                2. Highlight the map that you want to add resources to and click the Add Map
                   Resource button to open the add map resource menu, as shown in
                   Figure 4-51 on page 129.




128    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-51 Webtop Admin Resource Manager: add resource page

3. Click the Browse button to open the file selection window, select a resource
   file and click OK. Click the Add Resource button to get back to the Map list.
   You can see the available resources by clicking the Preview Resources
   button. The preview is shown in Figure 4-52.




Figure 4-52 Webtop Admin preview of map resources




                                                    Chapter 4. Configuration   129
You can now use the new image for your map. We modify the map to use the new
                image as a background. The Java Map Editor is shown in Figure 4-53.




Figure 4-53 Modified map




130    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4.4 Navigation components
            The programming components that can be configured in IBM Tivoli
            Netcool/Webtop are:
               4.4.1, “Tool definition” on page 131
               4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134
               4.4.3, “Menu items definition” on page 137


4.4.1 Tool definition
            After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new tool so
            that the tool is available to be added to a menu, by performing the following
            steps:
            1. Open the tool browser from the Tools tab in the Webtop Admin page, as
               shown in Figure 4-54.




            Figure 4-54 Tools browser

            2. Click the Create Tool button. In a new window, specify the tool name and
               select the type of tool that you want to create. In Figure 4-55, we create a new
               CGI/URL tool.




            Figure 4-55 Webtop Admin CGI tool menu




                                                                Chapter 4. Configuration   131
3. After creating the tool, the tool editor will prompt you to enter the tool details.
                  Click the Groups button and set the permissions for the tool, as shown in
                  Figure 4-56.




               Figure 4-56 Webtop Admin CGI tool groups

               4. We set the tools to launch a plain URL, as shown in Figure 4-57. We discuss
                  CGI in 4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134.




               Figure 4-57 Tool specification

               5. You can also include the alerts fields to be passed to the CGI tools. Click the
                  Fields button and select the fields, as shown in Figure 4-58 on page 133.




132   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-58 Field definitions

6. Set the group authorization by clicking the Groups... button. We assign this
   authorization to all groups, as shown in Figure 4-59.




Figure 4-59 Webtop Admin tool group selection




                                                   Chapter 4. Configuration   133
The tool creation process is the same for all three types of tools. The major
               difference is in the tool details and syntax. An SQL tools definition is shown in
               Figure 4-60.




               Figure 4-60 Webtop Admin SQL tool detail

               The details of the command tools are shown in Figure 4-61.




               Figure 4-61 Webtop Admin command-line tools


4.4.2 CGI program definition
               After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create and register a
               new CGI program so that it is available for use in Webtop tools. by performing the
               following steps:
               1. Create a CGI script in $NCHOME/etc/webtop/cgi-bin. We create an example
                  called example-cgi.cgi for discovering all the listening server ports. The
                  content is shown in Example 4-13 on page 135.




134   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Example 4-13 Example CGI
#!/usr/local/bin/perl
print "Content-type: text/htmlnn";
print <<__HTML__;
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>My sample WebTop CGI</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY>
<h1>WebTop CGI tools</h1>
<CENTER><HR HEIGHT="15" ></CENTER>
<PRE>
__HTML__
system("/bin/netstat -an | grep LISTEN | grep -v STREAM");
print <<__HTML__;
</PRE>
<CENTER><HR HEIGHT="15" ></CENTER>
<form action="">
<div align="center"><input type="button" value="Close Window"
onClick="javascript:window.close();"></div>
</form></BODY></HTML>
__HTML__

2. Open the Webtop Admin window and select the CGI registry window, as
   shown in Figure 4-62.




Figure 4-62 CGI registration




                                               Chapter 4. Configuration   135
3. In the Register CGI window, click Register. Enter the CGI Name, File Name,
                  and select the groups that have access to the CGI, as shown in Figure 4-63.




               Figure 4-63 Webtop Admin CGI registry

               4. Click the Register button to save the CGI in the registry.
               5. You can invoke the CGI by using the URL
                  http://<webtop>:8080/webtop/cgi-bin/<cgi-name>; in our case, the URL is
                  http://webtop:8080/webtop/cgi-bin/example_cgi. The resulting window is
                  shown in Figure 4-64.




               Figure 4-64 Result from the CGI tool




136   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4.4.3 Menu items definition
           Menu items are use to actually invoke a tool (which can be a CGI program, SQL
           script, or command tool). To define the menu, the tool definition must be defined
           first. After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new menu
           item and make it available for use by performing the following steps:
           1. Select the Menus pane to open the Menus Editor from the Webtop Admin
              window, as shown in Figure 4-65.




           Figure 4-65 Webtop Admin menu window

           2. We create a tool called Listentool (refer to 4.4.1, “Tool definition” on page 131
              for more information) that defines the CGI example shown in 4.4.2, “CGI
              program definition” on page 134.
           3. Next, we modify CGI_Tools (or we can create a new menu item), highlight the
              CGI_Tools menu, and click the Modify Menu button. The window is shown in
              Figure 4-66. You can add a tool or submenu to the selected menu by
              highlighting the object and clicking the <-Add button.




           Figure 4-66 Webtop Admin alerts menu editor




                                                                Chapter 4. Configuration   137
4. Open the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Event Lists tab and open the
                  Active Event List (if you have an open AEL, you must close it first before the
                  new menu is available). From the menu bar, select Tools → CGI Tools →
                  Listenport to see that the new tool has been added to the menu, as shown in
                  Figure 4-67.




               Figure 4-67 Webtop AEL alerts menu with new tool



4.5 HTML file
               IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is a collection of Web pages that allows you to
               manage and view your management information. It comprises a set of dynamic
               Web pages. These Web pages are created as specialized HTML files. The
               modification of these HTML files are covered in the following sections:
                  4.5.1, “Maintaining HTML and other files” on page 138
                  4.5.2, “Working with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages” on page 141


4.5.1 Maintaining HTML and other files
               Files under IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop are typically HTML files or image files that
               enhance the look of the pages. Dynamic pages are created from the CGI pages
               defined in 4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134. The files are managed
               using the File Manager window under Webtop Admin application. The File
               Manager window is shown in Figure 4-68 on page 139.




138   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-68 Webtop Admin File Manager

               The File Manager allows you to manage directories and files. Files and
               directories can be deleted or created. File creation means that you upload a file
               from your current machine to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server machine. The
               HTML files can be accessed directly from the following URL:
               http://<server>:<port>/webtop/<path_to_file>

               For example, the logo.gif file in the parent directory shown in Figure 4-68 would
               be accessed at http://webtop:8080/webtop/logo.gif.

               The files that are managed by the File Manager can be accessed directly from
               $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/webtop. In Netcool GUI Foundation, the root
               directory is mapped to $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/desktop, and any
               directory and files created there can be accessed from the root URL. For
               example, the file $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/desktop/test.html would be
               accessed at http://webtop:8080/test.html.




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   139
IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop has a special type of HTML file called SmartPage.
               SmartPage commands are special extensions to the HTML language that control
               user validation, and allow the placement of generated components in IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop pages. SmartPage commands are expressed in HTML as
               comment tags, that is, you must enter the line <!-- enable:smartpage --> in the
               first line to enable SmartPage.

               One typical usage of SmartPage is the inclusion of a map applet. You can include
               this applet by inserting a SmartPage tag in the BODY section of the HTML page
               (<!-- insert:MAPLET[mapname] -->), where mapname is the name of the map
               definition. Other usages of SmartPages are:
                  Enable a Web page for SmartPage tag processing.
                  Validate user access to a Web page against a group.
                  Insert an AEL applet.
                  Insert a map applet.
                  Insert a hyperlinked list of accessible maps associated with a user.
                  Insert a tableview.
                  Insert the user name of the logged in user.
                  Insert the home URL associated with a user.
                  Insert user statistics.
                  Insert a time zone preference drop-down menu in a page.

               Another useful HTML file source is a template. Templates reside in
               NCHOME/etc/webtop/templates. The templates are typically SmartPage HTML
               files. A special construct is the pair of NCO_V tags that can be used inside the
               SmartPage tags. The text between the opening and closing <NCO_V> tags
               establishes the variable name that the URL uses to establish a name-value pair.
               When you specify a variable name, the text must be alphanumeric and multiple
               words must be separated by an underscore. A sample NCO_V tag is shown in
               Example 4-14.

               Example 4-14 NCO_V tag
               <!-- insert:TABLEVIEW[
               map=<NCO_V type="str" default="">map_name</NCO_V>,
               entity=<NCO_V type="str" default="">entity_name</NCO_V>]
               -->

               The type defines the argument type, which can be str (string), BOOLEAN (true or
               false), and number (integer). It can also provide a default value.




140   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4.5.2 Working with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages
                After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new HTML
                page so that the new page is available, by performing the following steps:
                1. Select the My Pages option from the drop-down menu, as shown in
                   Figure 4-69.




Figure 4-69 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop MyPages menu

                2. Name the PSML file and give the page a title, as shown in Figure 4-70, and
                   click the Add button to continue.




Figure 4-70 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop page creation menu




                                                                  Chapter 4. Configuration   141
3. After you save the new page, it will be listed in the My Pages page. Click the
                    pencil, as shown in Figure 4-71, to customize the new page.




Figure 4-71 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop MyPages menu with a new page

                 4. The empty customization page is shown in Figure 4-72. You can add view
                    points. The view point is part of a page that shows certain information, which
                    is similar to a portlet.




Figure 4-72 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop new blank page displayed




142     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5. Click Add Viewpoint and add an Active Event List view to the layout, as
                    shown in Figure 4-73.




Figure 4-73 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop new page layout with AEL viewpoint




                                                                      Chapter 4. Configuration   143
6. You can also add another view point for the page. We decided to add the
                    MapView from the map created in 4.3.5, “Map definition” on page 122 in the
                    same page. The resulting definition is shown in Figure 4-74.




Figure 4-74 Page definition

                 7. After you click the Save and Apply button, you can see the page you created,
                    as shown in Figure 4-75 on page 145.




144     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 4-75 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop AEL viewpoint in your new page




                                                                       Chapter 4. Configuration   145
146   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5


    Chapter 5.   Performance tuning and
                 problem determination
                 Performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is
                 discussed in the following sections:
                     5.1, “Startup problem” on page 148
                     5.2, “Checking user sessions” on page 148
                     5.3, “Login failures” on page 150
                     5.4, “Performance issues” on page 152
                     5.5, “Connection to ObjectServer” on page 154
                     5.6, “Backup configuration” on page 154
                     5.7, “Security Manager performance issues” on page 155




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                          147
5.1 Startup problem
               There are several reasons why there can be a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop startup
               problem. Here is a checklist that you can use to identify problems with starting
               the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server:
                  Check the environment variables: NCHOME, NCLICENSE, and
                  LD_LIBRARY_PATH. They have to be present for all components of IBM
                  Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server.
                  The prerequisite components for a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server are:
                   – Netcool License Server: You can check this component by running the
                     nc_print_license command under $NCHOME/license/bin. If it cannot
                     connect, start the license by running the nc_start_license command.
                   – Netcool Security Manager: You can check this component by running the
                     ncsm_status command under $NCHOME/security/bin. If it is not started,
                     start the security manager by running the ncsm_server command.
                   – Netcool GUI Foundation’s Tomcat server process may be checked by
                     running the ngf_server status command under $NCHOME/bin.
                  Look in the $NCHOME/log/webtop.log and $NCHOME/log/guifoundation/ logs
                  for indications about the cause of the problem.
                  Some useful checks are:
                   – Checking a process by running the ps -ef command or using Windows
                     Task Manager.
                   – Checking a port by running the netstat -an command.



5.2 Checking user sessions
               Information from the GUI Foundation Web pages can be used to check who is
               logged in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and to revoke user sessions. Perform the
               following steps:
               1. Using the admin user, sign on to Netcool GUI Foundation Web interface.
                  Navigate to the Administration window. Select the Sessions tab, which shows
                  the connected users, as shown in Figure 5-1 on page 149.




148   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 5-1 NGF administration page

                 2. You can get details about each session by clicking the Detail button, as
                    shown in Figure 5-2.




Figure 5-2 NGF administration session tab before revoking the webadmin account

                 3. If you want to revoke a given user’s session, click the Revoke button next to
                    the user, and the user will be logged out of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.




                                      Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination   149
5.3 Login failures
               Determine the reason for user login failure, or failure to access IBM Tivoli
               Netcool/Webtop, by performing the following steps:
               1. Determine if Security Manager is running. Open a browser and type in the
                  Security Manager host name and 8077 for the port. You should get a
                  confirmation window that the Security Manager is running, as shown in
                  Figure 5-3.




               Figure 5-3 Security Manager confirmation page

               2. Determine if the user has an NGF account. Log in using the admin account
                  and look for the user that cannot login. The account should be listed in the
                  Administration page under the security tab’s Users pane, as shown in
                  Figure 5-4 on page 151.




150   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Figure 5-4 NGF administration page user pane in the Security tab

                 3. Determine if the user has an active NGF account. If the account exists, then
                    you should look at the user details and make sure the roles and groups are
                    configured correctly.
                 4. Determine if the user is using the correct password. If the account is not
                    authenticated externally, try resetting the password. If it is external, try logging
                    into the external source with the password you think is correct.
                 5. Determine if the user has an accessible home page. The user home page is
                    set by NGF to /portal; however, the home page set in the IBM Tivoli
                    Netcool/Webtop user preferences pane will be used if you log in without a
                    specific URL.
                 6. Determine if the ObjectServer is running and if IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop can
                    connect to it. Log in to the server using the nco_sql utility and try running a
                    select statement. If that works, try telneting to the port the ObjectServer is
                    running on from the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. If the telnet connection
                    is successful, you will get a connection; if not, there is probably a firewall
                    issue.




                                       Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination      151
5.4 Performance issues
                There are some possible ways to analyze performance issues for the IBM Tivoli
                Netcool/Webtop server. You can check the following items to determine the
                cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop performance issues:
                   From the Webtop Admin page, click the Sessions tab to determine how many
                   users are logged in (see Figure 5-2 on page 149). If the number of users is
                   very high, you may need to revoke user sessions.
                   Select System Information → Server Runtime to determine how much
                   memory is being used (see Figure 5-5). This number should not be higher
                   than the amount of memory assigned to the -Xmx value in the ngf_server
                   start script.




Figure 5-5 Webtop Admin system information window

                   Check the number of events in the ObjectServer by running the nco_sql
                   command and issuing the SQL command select count(*) from
                   alerts.status. This especially important for slow performance when using
                   the Event List.
                   Compare the Event List response time with the OMNIbus Native Desktop. It
                   can be run by using the nco_event command. If the native client has a slow
                   response time, the problem is probably not with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.
                   Check your ObjectServer, gateways, and probes for the root issue.
                   Determine if there is a performance problem for all IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
                   components. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server itself is a single
                   component within the NGF server, but slow navigation between pages can
                   indicate a Security Manager issue or be related to the external authentication


152    Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
source. Slow login responses can also be related to the Security Manager
                    and external authentication sources; refer to 5.7, “Security Manager
                    performance issues” on page 155 for more information.
                    Check for any misconfigured Netcool GUI Foundation PSML pages that
                    contain a circular reference. This problem can reduce IBM Tivoli
                    Netcool/Webtop performance as well.
                    Determine if all users are experiencing slow responses by using a different
                    client machine. If the performance problem is only happening in a limited set
                    of machines, clear the Java cache on the troubled machine, and if that does
                    not work, try increasing the client side Java memory to 128 MB. If this does
                    not solve the issue, try a different user account, because misconfigured user
                    roles or groups might cause performance issues as well, as shown in
                    Figure 5-6.




Figure 5-6 Client side Java memory settings




                                       Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination   153
Determine if other applications are running on the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
                  server host. Make sure other applications are not conflicting with IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop ports or using the available system resources.
                  Check the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop log files under NCHOME/log/webtop.log.



5.5 Connection to ObjectServer
               Verify the cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop's inability to connect to the
               ObjectServer by performing the following steps:
               1. Verify that the ObjectServer is running by logging into the ObjectServer
                  through a native client or by running nco_sql.
               2. Verify that the correct ObjectServer is configured for IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop by reviewing the data source file
                  $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml. The user
                  name and password should be tested as well as the host name.
               3. Verify that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is reading the data from the data source
                  file correctly by running $NCHOME/webtop/bin/webtop_report. This report lists
                  the defined data sources that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop can read from the
                  data source file and the properties defined for them. If this report is not
                  returning the correct information, there is probably an typo in the data source
                  file.
               4. Confirm that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server can connect to the
                  ObjectServer host and port by telneting to the ObjectServer host name and
                  ObjectServer port from the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server.



5.6 Backup configuration
               Create a backup copy of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration by
               performing the following steps:
               1. Stop IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.
               2. Make copies of the following files and directories: $NCHOME/etc/webtop/,
                  $NCHOME/webtop/waapi/etc/, $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/, and
                  $NCHOME/guifoundation/conf.
               3. Start IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop.




154   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
5.7 Security Manager performance issues
        Determine the cause of Security Manager Performance issues by performing the
        following steps:
        1. Determine if Security Manager is running:
           a. From command line, with appropriate permissions, run the script
              $NCHOME/security/bin/ncsm_status.
           b. From a browser window, attempt to connect to the Security Manager
              HTTP port (the default is 8077).
        2. Determine if the authentication source is available. The specified
           authentication source can be accessed by going to the NGF Security tab and
           clicking the Domain menu. From this menu, you can see the authentication
           sources of which IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is aware. These sources are
           listed in the Security Manager database. You should use this list to open a
           console session or other tools to check availability and check access
           credentials.
        3. If there are no sources listed, check the NCHOME/etc/sm/server.props file,
           which defines the Security Manager host name for IBM Tivoli
           Netcool/Webtop.
        4. Check the Security Manager log files under
           $NCHOME/security/log/SM_server.log.




                            Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination   155
156   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
A


  Appendix A.    Sample test
                 This appendix contains a sample test and its answer key.




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                157
Questions
               This sample test is designed to give the candidate an idea of the content and
               format of the questions that will be on the certification exam. Performance on the
               sample test is not an indicator of performance on the certification exam and this
               should not be considered an assessment tool.

               Answer the following questions:
               1. Which command is used to start the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 server
                  on UNIX?
                  a. ngf_server start.
                  b. webtop_server.
                  c. webtop_startup.
                  d. server_startup.
               2. How do you set the connection between IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 and
                  the ObjectServer(s)?
                  a. Use nco_(x)igen.
                  b. Use $NCHOME/config/server.init.
                  c. Use $NCHOME/www/conf/server.xml.
                  d. Use $NCHOME/config/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml.
               3. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 (Webtop) administrator of Telco Inc.
                  wants to authenticate users from the ObjectServer. Which ObjectServer users
                  can be used in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop?
                  a. All users.
                  b. Only Normal users.
                  c. All users with the exception of Superusers.
                  d. Only Normal users and Administrative users that do not have restriction
                     filters.




158   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
4. A Normal user of Telco Inc logs into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0
   (Webtop). The user opens an Active Event List. The user wants the time
   stamps of events to permanently be MM/DD/YYYY HH-MM-SS. What should
   this user do to modify the time stamp configuration?
   a. Modify the time and date format in the preferences (select
      Miscellaneous → Edit/Preferences) of the Active Event List.
   b. The user automatically gets the same time and date format equal to that of
      the system on which he is running the browser.
   c. Ask the Webtop administrator to modify the time stamps setting through
      the Webtop Administration GUI for that user.
   d. Ask the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 administrator to modify the time
      and date format as it is set in the ObjectServer to which Webtop is
      connected.
5. The customer requires a view that includes the following information based on
   the default ObjectServer:
   – Description of the event.
   – Name of the probe that collected the alarm.
   – Name of the ObjectServer that originally received the event.
   – Name of the type of failure.
   The view should be sorted by descending severity and then by the most
   recent occurrence.
   Which fields and sort criteria will meet the customer's needs?
   a. Fields: Summary, ServerName, ServerSerial, Type. Sort: Severity(asc),
      LastOccurrence(asc).
   b. Fields: AlertGroup, Manager, ServerName, AlertKey. Sort: Severity(desc),
      LastOcurrence(asc).
   c. Fields: Summary, Manager, ServerName, AlertGroup. Sort:
      Severity(desc), LastOccurrence(desc).
   d. Fields: Identifier, Manager, ServerSerial, AlertGroup. Sort: Severity(desc),
      LastOccurrence(desc).
6. Which file format is used for a chart page?
   a. TXT.
   b. XML.
   c. HTML.
   d. SGML.




                                                    Appendix A. Sample test   159
7. You, as administrator, have been tasked with creating a tool to be available to
                  the appropriate IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 users. Using IBM Tivoli
                  Netcool/Webtop Administration API, which three elements are needed to
                  define a tool that will update an event owner? (Choose three.)
                  a. group.
                  b. sql.
                  c. cgi.
                  d. tool.
                  e. prompt.
                  f. Restriction filter.
               8. Which type of program executions can be performed with CGI tools, where
                  the tool script or Web page contains SMARTPage commands?
                  a. CGI scripts only.
                  b. CGI scripts and local URLs.
                  c. CGI and Webtop Administration API.
                  d. CGI scripts, local URLs, and remote URLs.
               9. When creating a new HTML page in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0, it is
                  possible to use SMARTPage commands. If using the SMARTPage Validate
                  command, where must this command be placed in the HTML file?
                  a. Anywhere in the file.
                  b. As the first line of the file.
                  c. As the last line of the file.
                  d. As the second line of the file.
               10.When logged into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 (Webtop) as an
                  administrator, it is possible to view system information. In which location can
                  the administrator access the Webtop Data Report?
                  a. Webtop Administration Page → Tools → System Information.
                  b. Webtop Administration Page → Tools & Utilities → System
                     Information.
                  c. Webtop Administration Page → Help & Information → System
                     Information.
                  d. Webtop Administration Page → System Information.




160   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Answer key
        The following is the answers to the sample tests:
        1. A
        2. D
        3. A
        4. A
        5. C
        6. C
        7. A, B, and E
        8. B
        9. D
        10.D




                                                            Appendix A. Sample test   161
162   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Abbreviations and acronyms
ACL                  Access Control List              SGML     Standard Generalized Markup
AEL                  Active Event List                         Language

AEN                  Accelerated Event Notification   SME      Subject Matter Expert

API                  Application Programming          SNMP     Simple Network Management
                     Interface                                 Protocol

ASA                  Adaptive Server Anywhere         SOA      Service-oriented Architecture

CGI                  Common Gateway Interface         SOW      Statement of Work

CPU                  Central Processing Unit          SQL      Structured Query Language

DB2                  Database 2                       SSL      Secured Socket Layer

DBA                  Database Administrator           SVI      Software Value Incentive

ENMS                 Enterprise Network               TCP/IP   Transmission Control
                     Management System                         Protocol/Internet Protocol

EULA                 End User License Agreement       URL      Universal Resource Locator

GUI                  Graphical User Interface         VAP      Value Advantage Plus

HTML                 Hyper Text Markup Language       VUE      Virtual University Enterprises

HTTP                 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol     WAAPI    Web Administration
                                                               Application Programming
HTTPS                HTTP Secure                               Interface
IBM                  International Business           XML      eXtensible Markup Language
                     Machines Corporation
IDUC                 Insert Delete Update Control
ITIL                 IT Infrastructure Library®
ITSO                 International Technical
                     Support Organization
LDAP                 Lightweight Directory Access
                     Protocol
LEL                  Lightweight Event List
NGF                  Netcool GUI Foundation
NIS                  Network Information Service
NOC                  Network Operation Center
PDF                  Portable Document Format
PID                  Process Identifier
ROI                  Return on Investment




© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                          163
164   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Related publications

                 The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a
                 more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this book.



IBM Redbooks
                 For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get Redbooks” on
                 page 166. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in
                 softcopy only.
                     Best Practices for IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console to Netcool/OMNIbus
                     Upgrade, SG24-7557
                     Migrating to Netcool/Precision for IP Networks --Best Practices for Migrating
                     from IBM Tivoli NetView, SG24-7375



Other publications
                 These publications are also relevant as further information sources:
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration Guide, SC23-6371
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Probe and Gateway Guide, SC23-6373
                     IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User’s Guide, SC23-6372
                     Netcool/Webtop Administration Guide, SC23-6527



Online resources
                 These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources:
                     IBM Certification page:
                     http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml
                     IBM Test Objectives for Test 922:
                     http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj922.shtml



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                                  165
Passport Advantage:
                  http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom
                  ers.htm



How to get Redbooks
              You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Technotes, draft
              publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks
              publications, at this Web site:
              ibm.com/redbooks



Help from IBMIBM Support and downloads
              ibm.com/support

              IBM Global Services
              ibm.com/services




166   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Index
                                                      webtop_osresync 78
A                                                     webtop_report 154
accelerated event notification, see AEN
                                                   configuration
Access Control List, see ACL
                                                      basic 78
ACL 99
                                                   customization 38
Active Event List, see AEL
ADMIN 36
admin 37                                           D
administration tool 31                             data sources 81
AEL 13, 31, 105, 126                               deployment considerations 34
AEN 22                                             DOMAIN_ADMIN 36
alerts.status 39
                                                   E
C                                                  entity definition 108
certification                                      export command 44
    achieved 21
    benefits 3–4
    checklist 5
                                                   F
                                                   filter creation 106
    IBM 2
    objectives 8
    overview 1                                     G
    recommended study resources 27                 group management 99
    resources 27                                   GROUP_ADMIN 36
    Tivoli 4                                       growth through skills 6
CGI program definition 134
chart definition 114                               H
commands                                           HTML file 138
    export 44
    INSTALL 61
    nc_print_license 148                           I
    nc_read_license 45                             IBM Professional Certification Program 2
    nc_start_license 44                            INSTALL command 61
    nco_config 86                                  installation
    nco_event 152                                      license server 42
    nco_sql 152, 154                                   Security Manager 50
    nco_xigen 86                                       Webtop 61
    ncsm_status 53, 148                            installation overview 42
    netstat 148
    ngf_server 72, 83, 148, 152                    L
    ps 148                                         LEL 31
    runwaapi 79                                    license key 42
    setup.exe 66                                   license server 42
    setup.msi 54                                   Lightweight Event List, see LEL
    setup.sh 50



© Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved.                                              167
M                                                     S
map definition 122                                    Security Manager installation 50
map editor 31                                         Security Manager performance issues 155
menu item definition 137                              security planning 35
                                                      setup.exe command 66
                                                      setup.msi command 54
N                                                     setup.sh command 50
nc_print_license command 148
                                                      SME 8
nc_read_license command 45
                                                      Software Value Incentive, see SVI
nc_start_license command 44
                                                      SSL configuration 84
nco_config command 86
                                                      study resources 27
nco_event command 152
                                                      Subject Matter Expert, see SME
nco_sql command 152, 154
                                                      SVI 7–8
nco_xigen command 86
ncsm_status command 53, 148
ncw_admin 37                                          T
ncw_user 37                                           test 37
netcool_ro 37                                             sample 157
netcool_rw 37                                         test objectives 8
Netcool/GUI foundation 72                             Tivoli Software Professional Certification 4
netstat command 148                                   tool definition 131
network operation centre, see NOC
ngf_server command 72, 83, 148, 152
NOC 32
                                                      U
                                                      user 37
                                                      user configuration 86
O
objectives 8
                                                      V
                                                      Value Advantage Plus, see VAP
P                                                     VAP 7–8
platforms 33                                          view creation 101
prerequisites 33                                      Virtual University Enterprises, see VUE
problem determination                                 visual components 101
    backup configuration 154                          VUE 5
    connection 154
    login failures 150
    performance issues 152
                                                      W
                                                      WAAPI configuration 78
    startup problem 148
                                                      Web browser 34
    user sessions 148
                                                      Webtop
provisioning 72
                                                        architecture 30
ps command 148
                                                        configuration 78
                                                        customization 38
R                                                       data sources 81
Redbooks Web site 166                                   deployment 34
    Contact us xii                                      group 99
requirements 34, 38                                     installation 42, 61
return on investment, see ROI                           licensing 34
ROI 5                                                   platforms 33
runwaapi command 79                                     prerequisites 33



168     Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
security 35
   SSL 84
   user 86
   WAAPI 78
   Web browser 34
webtop_osresync command 78
webtop_report command 154


X
XML files 72




                             Index   169
170   Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
                                                                               (0.2”spine)
                                                                             0.17”<->0.473”
                                                                            90<->249 pages
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754
Back cover                                             ®



Certification Guide Series:
IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
V2.0 Implementation                                                                                                        ®




Detailed architecture   This IBM Redbooks publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli
and components          Netcool/Webtop V4.0 implementation certification test. It is aimed at   INTERNATIONAL
discussion              the IT professional who wants to be an IBM Certified Professional for   TECHNICAL
                        this product.                                                           SUPPORT
Installation and        The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 certification test is offered        ORGANIZATION
                        through the IBM Professional Certification program. It is designed to
configuration           validate the skills required of technical professionals who work in
processing              the implementation and deployment of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop
                        V2.0.                                                                   BUILDING TECHNICAL
Dynamic Web-based       This book provides the necessary information for understanding the      INFORMATION BASED ON
interface               subject matter. It includes sample questions. The sample questions      PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE
                        help evaluate your personal progress. It familiarizes you with the
                        types of questions that may be encountered in the exam.
                                                                                                IBM Redbooks are developed by
                        This guide does not replace practical experience and it is not          the IBM International Technical
                        designed to be a stand-alone guide for the subject. Instead, this       Support Organization. Experts
                        guide should be combined with educational activities and                from IBM, Customers and
                        experiences and used as a very useful preparation guide for exam.       Partners from around the world
                                                                                                create timely technical
                        For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification       information based on realistic
                        objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 implementation         scenarios. Specific
                        certification test. Those requirements are planning, prerequisites,     recommendations are provided
                        installation, configuration, administration, and problem                to help you implement IT
                        determination. These chapters will help you prepare for the             solutions more effectively in
                        objectives of the exam.                                                 your environment.



                                                                                                For more information:
                                                                                                ibm.com/redbooks

                          SG24-7754-00                       ISBN 0738433314

More Related Content

PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool impact v4.0 implementation sg24...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1.1 impleme...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg...
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide redp3935
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
PDF
Pda management with ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246951
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express for softwa...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool impact v4.0 implementation sg24...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1.1 impleme...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool omn ibus v7.2 implementation sg...
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide redp3935
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Ibm tivoli monitoring v5.1.1 implementation certification study guide sg246780
Pda management with ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246951
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express for softwa...

What's hot (17)

PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager v5.1 sg247262
PDF
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
PDF
Introducing tivoli personalized services manager 1.1 sg246031
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
PDF
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
PDF
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
PDF
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
PDF
Deployment guide series tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment v5.1 sg...
PDF
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
PDF
Integrating tivoli products sg247757
PDF
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
PDF
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express v4.1 for soft...
PDF
IBMRedbook
PDF
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
PDF
Deploying rational applications with ibm tivoli configuration manager redp4171
Certification guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager v5.1 sg247262
Certification study guide for ibm tivoli configuration manager 4.2 redp3946
Introducing tivoli personalized services manager 1.1 sg246031
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli monitoring v 6.1 sg247187
Tivoli business systems manager v2.1 end to-end business impact management sg...
Deployment guide series maximo asset mng 7 1
Deployment guide series tivoli provisioning manager for os deployment v5.1 sg...
End to-end planning for availability and performance monitoring redp4371
Integrating tivoli products sg247757
Tivoli management services warehouse and reporting sg247290
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express v4.1 for soft...
IBMRedbook
Sg247692 Websphere Accounting Chargeback For Tuam Guide
Deploying rational applications with ibm tivoli configuration manager redp4171
Ad

Viewers also liked (20)

PDF
Culti bio
PDF
Yachting.vg Magazine - Luxury Yacht Brokerage and Yacht Charter - April 2011
PDF
El Pueblo de los Secretos
PPTX
educación vial/ comunicación educativa
PDF
Bzwbk24 mikolaj ostateczna Tomasz Niewiedział
PDF
Daytime running-light-lightday-application-guide--2012-gb
DOCX
No te rindas, Mario Benedetti
PDF
Información Memorial
PDF
Architecting for the cloud map reduce creating
PPT
Industrial relations - Self-employed workers: industrial relations and workin...
DOCX
Diseño web responsivo
PDF
Storm Technologies Value Added Services Brochure
PDF
Prototyping applications with heroku and elasticsearch
PDF
Abrek_Thesis Presentation
PDF
Uso asno ibérico.
PDF
Discinesia ciliar primaria
PPTX
Pubblicità e promozione by Lucia Gangale
PDF
Ficha técnica TEMP-COAT-101 (Español)
PDF
Aria company profile
Culti bio
Yachting.vg Magazine - Luxury Yacht Brokerage and Yacht Charter - April 2011
El Pueblo de los Secretos
educación vial/ comunicación educativa
Bzwbk24 mikolaj ostateczna Tomasz Niewiedział
Daytime running-light-lightday-application-guide--2012-gb
No te rindas, Mario Benedetti
Información Memorial
Architecting for the cloud map reduce creating
Industrial relations - Self-employed workers: industrial relations and workin...
Diseño web responsivo
Storm Technologies Value Added Services Brochure
Prototyping applications with heroku and elasticsearch
Abrek_Thesis Presentation
Uso asno ibérico.
Discinesia ciliar primaria
Pubblicità e promozione by Lucia Gangale
Ficha técnica TEMP-COAT-101 (Español)
Aria company profile
Ad

Similar to Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754 (20)

PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
PDF
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
PDF
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
PDF
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
PDF
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
PDF
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express v4.1 for soft...
PDF
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
PDF
Deploying rational applications with ibm tivoli configuration manager redp4171
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring for network performance v2.1 the mainframe network mana...
PDF
Enabling mobile apps with ibm worklight application center red
PDF
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
PDF
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli configuration manager sg246454
Deployment guide series ibm total storage productivity center for data sg247140
Certification guide series ibm tivoli workload scheduler v8.4 sg247628
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli monitoring 6.1 sg247188
Large scale implementation of ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Certification guide series ibm tivoli usage and accounting manager v7.1 imple...
Ibm tivoli business service manager v4.1 redp4288
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web reso...
Solution deployment guide for ibm tivoli composite application manager for we...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli composite application manager for web sphe...
Ibm tivoli intelligent think dynamic orchestrator pre proof of-concept cookbo...
Deployment guide series ibm tivoli provisioning manager express v4.1 for soft...
Implementing ibm tivoli omegamon xe for web sphere business integration v1.1 ...
Deploying rational applications with ibm tivoli configuration manager redp4171
Ibm tivoli monitoring for network performance v2.1 the mainframe network mana...
Enabling mobile apps with ibm worklight application center red
Integration guide for ibm tivoli service request manager v7.1 sg247580
Ibm tivoli monitoring implementation and performance optimization for large s...

More from Banking at Ho Chi Minh city (20)

PDF
Postgresql v15.1
PDF
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
PDF
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
PDF
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
PDF
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
PDF
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
PDF
Tec implementation examples sg245216
PDF
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
PDF
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
PDF
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
PDF
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888
Postgresql v15.1
Postgresql v14.6 Document Guide
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 Pot Intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7 Tech Overview
IBM MobileFirst Foundation Version Flyer v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Offers Lab v1.0
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 pot intro v0.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT App Mgmt Lab v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform v7.0 POT Analytics v1.1
IBM MobileFirst Platform Pot Sentiment Analysis v3
IBM MobileFirst Platform 7.0 POT InApp Feedback V0.1
Tme 10 cookbook for aix systems management and networking sg244867
Tivoli firewall magic redp0227
Tivoli data warehouse version 1.3 planning and implementation sg246343
Tivoli data warehouse 1.2 and business objects redp9116
Tec implementation examples sg245216
Tape automation with ibm e server xseries servers redp0415
Tivoli storage productivity center v4.2 release guide sg247894
Synchronizing data with ibm tivoli directory integrator 6.1 redp4317
Storage migration and consolidation with ibm total storage products redp3888

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
PPTX
PA Analog/Digital System: The Backbone of Modern Surveillance and Communication
PPTX
Big Data Technologies - Introduction.pptx
PPTX
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
PDF
Spectral efficient network and resource selection model in 5G networks
PDF
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
PPT
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
PDF
KodekX | Application Modernization Development
PDF
Bridging biosciences and deep learning for revolutionary discoveries: a compr...
PPTX
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
PDF
NewMind AI Monthly Chronicles - July 2025
PDF
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
PDF
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
PDF
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
PDF
Dropbox Q2 2025 Financial Results & Investor Presentation
PDF
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
PPTX
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
PDF
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
PDF
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
PDF
Modernizing your data center with Dell and AMD
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
PA Analog/Digital System: The Backbone of Modern Surveillance and Communication
Big Data Technologies - Introduction.pptx
20250228 LYD VKU AI Blended-Learning.pptx
Spectral efficient network and resource selection model in 5G networks
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
KodekX | Application Modernization Development
Bridging biosciences and deep learning for revolutionary discoveries: a compr...
A Presentation on Artificial Intelligence
NewMind AI Monthly Chronicles - July 2025
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
Dropbox Q2 2025 Financial Results & Investor Presentation
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
Diabetes mellitus diagnosis method based random forest with bat algorithm
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
Modernizing your data center with Dell and AMD

Certification guide series ibm tivoli netcool webtop v2.0 implementationsg247754

  • 1. Front cover Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation Detailed architecture and components discussion Installation and configuration processing Dynamic Web-based interface Budi Darmawan Thomas Boiocchi Andre Ricardo Cavalcanti de Araujo Mario Schuerewegen Phillip Stanton ibm.com/redbooks
  • 3. International Technical Support Organization Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation September 2009 SG24-7754-00
  • 4. Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page vii. First Edition (September 2009) This edition applies to Version 2, Release 0, Modification 0 of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop (product number 5724-S51). © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2009. All rights reserved. Note to U.S. Government Users Restricted Rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
  • 5. Contents Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix The team that wrote this book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix Become a published author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Comments welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii Chapter 1. Certification overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.1.1 Benefits of certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.1.2 Tivoli Software Professional Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1.1.3 Growth through skills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2.1 Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1.2.2 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 1.2.3 Configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 1.2.4 Performance tuning and performance determination . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 1.3 Certification achieved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 1.3.2 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.3.3 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1.3.4 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 . . 25 1.3.5 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 1.4 Recommended study resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 1.4.1 Classroom courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 1.4.2 Web resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Chapter 2. Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 2.1 Webtop architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 2.2 Installation prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 2.2.1 Supported platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 2.2.2 Web browser requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 2.3 Licensing for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 2.4 Deployment considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 2.5 Security planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 2.6 Customization requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. iii
  • 6. Chapter 3. Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 3.1 The installation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.2 License server setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 3.2.1 License server setup on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 3.2.2 License server setup on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 3.3 Security Manager installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.3.1 Security Manager installation on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 3.3.2 Security Manager installation on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 3.4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 3.4.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 3.4.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 3.5 Netcool/GUI Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Chapter 4. Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 4.1 Basic IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 4.1.1 WAAPI configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 4.1.2 Data sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 4.1.3 SSL configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 4.1.4 Additional IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 4.2 Security settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 4.2.1 User configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 4.2.2 Group management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 4.3 Visual components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 4.3.1 View creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 4.3.2 Filter creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 4.3.3 Entity definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 4.3.4 Chart definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 4.3.5 Map definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 4.4 Navigation components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 4.4.1 Tool definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 4.4.2 CGI program definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 4.4.3 Menu items definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 4.5 HTML file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 4.5.1 Maintaining HTML and other files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 4.5.2 Working with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination. . . . . . . . . . 147 5.1 Startup problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 5.2 Checking user sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 5.3 Login failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 5.4 Performance issues. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 5.5 Connection to ObjectServer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 5.6 Backup configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 iv Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 7. 5.7 Security Manager performance issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Appendix A. Sample test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Answer key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Related publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 IBM Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Other publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Online resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 How to get Redbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Help from IBMIBM Support and downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Contents v
  • 8. vi Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 9. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A. IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service. IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to: IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, North Castle Drive, Armonk, NY 10504-1785 U.S.A. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements or other publicly available sources. IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This information contains sample application programs in source language, which illustrate programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written. These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. vii
  • 10. Trademarks IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. These and other IBM trademarked terms are marked on their first occurrence in this information with the appropriate symbol (® or ™), indicating US registered or common law trademarks owned by IBM at the time this information was published. Such trademarks may also be registered or common law trademarks in other countries. A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at http://www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both: AIX® Netcool® System z® DB2® PartnerWorld® Tivoli Enterprise Console® Foundations™ Rational® Tivoli® IBM® Redbooks® ValueNet® Lotus® Redbooks (logo) ® WebSphere® The following terms are trademarks of other companies: ValueNet, and the FileNet logo are registered trademarks of FileNet Corporation in the United States, other countries or both. ITIL is a registered trademark, and a registered community trademark of the Office of Government Commerce, and is registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. IT Infrastructure Library, IT Infrastructure Library is a registered trademark of the Central Computer and Telecommunications Agency which is now part of the Office of Government Commerce. Red Hat, and the Shadowman logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries. Java, JavaScript, Solaris, and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both. Internet Explorer, Microsoft, Windows, and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries. Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both. Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. viii Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 11. Preface This IBM® Redbooks® publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli® Netcool®/Webtop V4.0 implementation certification test. It is aimed at the IT professional who wants to be an IBM Certified Professional for this product. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 certification test is offered through the IBM Professional Certification program. It is designed to validate the skills required of technical professionals who work in the implementation and deployment of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. This book provides the necessary information for understanding the subject matter. It includes sample questions. The sample questions help evaluate your personal progress. It familiarizes you with the types of questions that may be encountered in the exam. This guide does not replace practical experience and it is not designed to be a stand-alone guide for the subject. Instead, this guide should be combined with educational activities and experiences and used as a very useful preparation guide for exam. For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 implementation certification test. Those requirements are planning, prerequisites, installation, configuration, administration, and problem determination. These chapters will help you prepare for the objectives of the exam. The team that wrote this book This book was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. ix
  • 12. Figure 1 Mario, Thomas, Andre, and Phillip Budi Darmawan is a Project Leader at the International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center. He writes extensively and teaches IBM classes worldwide on all areas of Tivoli and systems management. Before joining the ITSO 10 years ago, Budi worked in Integrated Solution Services, IBM Indonesia as lead implementer and solution architect. Thomas Boiocchi an IT Specialist based in Italy, working for Tivoli Services since 2007. He joined IBM after working for several years as a Netcool® Specialist for Eirteic Consulting travelling around the world. He has 10 years of IT experience and previously worked as a system and network administrator in Telkom and banks in Italy. His area of expertise include IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, IBM Tivoli Business Services Manager, Network Manager, and IBM Tivoli Netcool/Impact. Adnre Ricardo Cavalcanti de Araujo is a System Management Information Technology Specialist working with Tivoli Management Product in Brazil. He has 12 years of experience in servers and systems support. He hold a degree in Telecommunication Engineering and has MBA in Network Computer x Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 13. Management. His areas of expertise include UNIX/Linux® support, Cisco networking, networking security, and infrastructure and networking management. Mario Schuerewegen is a Technical Presales specialist based in Belgium that specializes in Netcool products. He has 10 years of experience in the network and event management field. His areas of expertise include Cisco networking, SNMP, and network management. Phillip Stanton is an L2 software support specialist based in the United States. He has 12 years of Information Technology experience and holds a Bachelors of Science degree in Business Administration with an emphasis on Information Systems. Most of his experience is in supporting and administrating mixed UNIX® and Microsoft® Windows® platforms for various Business to Business services and e-commerce Web sites. He joined IBM 2 years ago in L2 support for the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, System Service monitors, and Internet Service Monitors software solutions. He currently holds the following certifications: Netcool Core V2, Netcool Core V3, Tivoli Level 2 Support Tools and Processes, and MCSE NT4/2000. Tamikia Barrow, Margaret Ticknor, Wade Wallace International Technical Support Organization, Austin Center Jill Kanatzar IBM Software Group, Worldwide Sales Channel Growth Executive Become a published author Join us for a two- to six-week residency program! Help write a book dealing with specific products or solutions, while getting hands-on experience with leading-edge technologies. You will have the opportunity to team with IBM technical professionals, Business Partners, and Clients. Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction. As a bonus, you will develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs, and increase your productivity and marketability. Find out more about the residency program, browse the residency index, and apply online at: ibm.com/redbooks/residencies.html Preface xi
  • 14. Comments welcome Your comments are important to us! We want our books to be as helpful as possible. Send us your comments about this book or other IBM Redbooks publications in one of the following ways: Use the online Contact us review Redbooks form found at: ibm.com/redbooks Send your comments in an e-mail to: redbooks@us.ibm.com Mail your comments to: IBM Corporation, International Technical Support Organization Dept. HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400 xii Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 15. 1 Chapter 1. Certification overview This chapter provides an overview of the skills requirements needed to obtain an IBM Certified Deployment Specialist - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V7.2 certification. This chapter provides a comprehensive review of the topics that are essential for obtaining the certification: 1.1, “IBM Professional Certification Program” on page 2 1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives” on page 8 1.3, “Certification achieved” on page 21 1.4, “Recommended study resources” on page 27 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 1
  • 16. 1.1 IBM Professional Certification Program Having the right skills for the job is critical in the growing global marketplace. IBM Professional Certification is designed to validate your skills and proficiency with the latest IBM solution and product technology. It can help provide that competitive edge. The Professional Certification Program from IBM offers a business solution for skilled technical professionals seeking to demonstrate their expertise to the world. The program is designed to validate your skills and demonstrate your proficiency in the latest IBM technology and solutions. In addition, professional certification may help you excel at your job by giving you and your employer the confidence that your skills have been tested. You may be able to deliver higher levels of service and technical expertise than non-certified employees and move to a faster career track. The certification requirements are difficult, but they are not overwhelming. IBM Professional Certification is a rigorous process that differentiates you from everyone else. The mission of IBM Professional Certification is to: Provide a reliable, valid, and fair method of assessing skills and knowledge. Provide IBM with a method of building and validating the skills of individuals and organizations. Develop a loyal community of highly skilled certified professionals who recommend, sell, service, support, and use IBM products and solutions. The Professional Certification Program from IBM has developed certification role names to guide you in your professional development. The certification role names include IBM Certified Specialist, IBM Certified Solutions/Systems Expert, and IBM Certified Advanced Technical Expert. These role names are for technical professionals who sell, service, and support IBM solutions. For technical professionals in application development, the certification roles include IBM Certified Developer Associate and IBM Certified Developer. An IBM Certified Instructor certifies the professional instructor. The Professional Certification Program from IBM provides you with a structured program leading to an internationally recognized qualification. The program is designed for flexibility by allowing you to select your role, prepare for and take tests at your own pace, and, in some cases, select from a choice of elective tests best suited to your abilities and needs. Some roles also offer a shortcut by giving credit for a certification obtained in other industry certification programs. 2 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 17. You can be a network administrator, systems integrator, network integrator, solution architect, solution developer, value-added reseller, technical coordinator, sales representative, or educational trainer. Regardless of your role, you can start charting your course through the Professional Certification Program from IBM today. The IBM Professional Certification Program Web site is available at the following address: http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml 1.1.1 Benefits of certification Certification is a tool to help objectively measure the performance of a professional on a given job at a defined skill level. Therefore, it is beneficial for individuals who want to validate their own skills and performance levels, their employees, or both. For optimum benefit, the certification tests must reflect the critical tasks required for a job, the skill levels of each task, and the frequency by which a task needs to be performed. IBM prides itself in designing comprehensive, documented processes that ensure that IBM certification tests remain relevant to the work environment of potential certification candidates. In addition to assessing job skills and performance levels, professional certification can also provide such benefits as: For employees: – Promotes recognition as an IBM certified professional – Helps to create advantages in interviews – Assists in salary increases, corporate advancement, or both – Increases self-esteem – Provides continuing professional benefits For employers: – Measures the effectiveness of training – Reduces course redundancy and unnecessary expenses – Provides objective benchmarks for validating skills – Makes long-range planning easier – Helps to manage professional development – Aids as a hiring tool – Contributes to competitive advantage – Increases productivity – Increases morale and loyalty Chapter 1. Certification overview 3
  • 18. Specific benefits can vary by country (region) and role. In general, after you become certified, you should receive the following benefits: Industry recognition Certification may accelerate your career potential by validating your professional competency and increasing your ability to provide solid, capable technical support. Program credentials As a certified professional, you receive through e-mail your certificate of completion and the certification mark associated with your role for use in advertisements and business literature. You can also request a hardcopy certificate, which includes a wallet-size certificate. The Professional Certification Program from IBM acknowledges the individual as a technical professional. The certification mark is for the exclusive use of the certified individual. Ongoing technical vitality IBM Certified professionals are included in mailings from the Professional Certification Program from IBM. 1.1.2 IBM Tivoli Software Professional Certification The IBM Tivoli Professional Certification program offers certification testing that sets the standard for qualified product consultants, administrators, architects, and Business Partners. The program also offers an internationally recognized qualification for technical professionals seeking to apply their expertise in today's complex business environment. The program is designed for those who implement, buy, sell, service, and support IBM Tivoli solutions and want to deliver higher levels of service and technical expertise. Benefits of being Tivoli certified Tivoli certification provides the following benefits: For the individual: – IBM Certified certificate and use of logos on business cards – Recognition of your technical skills by your peers and management – Enhanced career opportunities – Focus for your professional development 4 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 19. For the IBM Business Partner: – Confidence in the skills of your employees – Enhanced partnership benefits from the IBM Business Partner program – Billing your employees out at higher rates – Strengthens your proposals to customers – Demonstrates the depth of technical skills available to prospective customers For the customer: – Confidence in the service professionals handling your implementation – Ease of hiring competent employees to manage your Tivoli environment – Enhanced return on investment (ROI) through more thorough integration with Tivoli and third-party products – Ease of selecting a Tivoli Business Partner that meets your specific needs Certification checklist The certification process is as follows: 1. Select the certification that you want to pursue. 2. Determine which test or tests are required by reading the certification role description. 3. Prepare for the test, using the following resources: – Test objectives (1.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives” on page 8) – Recommended educational resources (1.4, “Recommended study resources” on page 270 – Sample/assessment test (Appendix A, “Sample test” on page 157) – Other reference materials – Opportunities for experience 4. Register to take a test by contacting one of our worldwide testing vendors: – Thomson Prometric – Pearson Virtual University Enterprises (VUE) 5. Take the test. Be sure to keep the Examination Score Report provided upon test completion as your record of taking the test. Chapter 1. Certification overview 5
  • 20. 6. Repeat steps three through five until all required tests are successfully completed for the desired certification role. If additional requirements are needed (such as another vendor certification or exam), follow the instructions on the certification description page to submit these requirements to IBM. 7. After you complete your certification requirements, you will be sent an e-mail asking you to accept the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement before receiving the certificate. 8. Upon acceptance of the terms of the IBM Certification Agreement, an e-mail will be sent containing the following electronic deliverables: – A Certification Certificate in PDF format, which can be printed in either color or black and white – A set of graphic files of the IBM Professional Certification mark associated with the certification achieved – Guidelines for the use of the IBM Professional Certification mark 9. To avoid unnecessary delay in receiving your certificate, ensure that we have your current e-mail on file by keeping your profile up to date. If you do not have an e-mail address on file, your certificate will be sent through postal mail. After you receive a certificate by e-mail, you can also contact IBM at mailto:certify@us.ibm.com to request that a hardcopy certificate be sent by postal mail. 1.1.3 Growth through skills Customers want to work with experts who understand their business and can help them achieve their objectives. IBM Business Partners who have expertise across the IBM software portfolio are well positioned to deliver high client value. IBM Software is announcing the next step in our Business Partner channel strategy by focusing on Growth Through Skills. In October 2009, IBM will roll out a new controlled distribution model to maximize value to our Business Partners and customers. A subset of the IBM software portfolio will continue to be offered through the open distribution model or by using Software ValueNet®. The benefits of the growth through skills program are: Protects and maximizes your return on investment (ROI) in the technical, sales and marketing skills you have developed. Places a premium on your skills and solutions that differentiate your ability to offer your customers guidance in a tough economy. 6 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 21. Rewards the value you bring throughout the sales cycle through the lucrative IBM Software Value Incentive (SVI). Provides financial rewards for integrating IBM software with your business solutions through the Value Advantage Plus (VAP) incentive. Accelerates your growth with experienced software Value Added Distributors (VADs). Improves access to IBM resources, including industry-leading sales, technical, and marketing. Authorization to resell IBM software products within controlled distribution is achieved at the product group level. There are 14 products groups across the five brands. WebSphere® – SOA Foundation – Connectivity – Business Process Management – Commerce – SOA Appliances – Enterprise Solutions (IBM System z®) Tivoli – Storage Management – Security & Compliance Management – Automation – Enterprise Asset Management Information Management – Heritage CM – Data Management Lotus® Portal Rational® The criteria for authorization to resell IBM Software products within controlled distribution include: Membership in the IBM PartnerWorld® program Chapter 1. Certification overview 7
  • 22. Approved participation in Software Value Incentive (SVI) or Value Advantage Plus (VAP) – For SVI, technical and sales skills in the product group(s) you want to sell – For VAP, an approved solution containing the product group(s) you want to sell An approved PartnerPlan Minimum revenue participation levels within SVI and VAP after the first year IBM provides comprehensive enablement options to support the education, training, and certifications necessary to qualify for authorization to resell: Leverage the readiness assessment tools and work with your Distributor or IBM Business Partner Sales Representative to explore enablement opportunities and support. Visit the Subject Matter Expert (SME) Zone on the Virtual Innovation Center as a single point of entry to review software education and customized roadmaps. Learn about the You Pass, We Pay education reimbursement. Participate in readiness events throughout the year and revisit the Web for updates and the latest support materials. 1.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test objectives Here is the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test information: Number of questions: 36 Time allowed in minutes: 60 Required passing score: 63% Test languages: English The test has the objectives covered in these sections: 1.2.1, “Planning” on page 9 1.2.2, “Installation” on page 10 1.2.3, “Configuring” on page 11 1.2.4, “Performance tuning and performance determination” on page 18 For the most updated objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 test (test #922), refer to the following address: http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj922.shtml 8 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 23. 1.2.1 Planning Given that an IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V1.3.1 (Webtop) deployment is required, define all the necessary settings so that the Webtop architecture is planned, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Determine IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop prerequisites. 2. Determine the Web browser supportability. 3. Obtain the license keys. 4. Identify all the data sources. 5. Determine the desktop architecture. 6. Determine the Web Administration Application Programming Interface (WAAPI) requirements. 7. Determine the ObjectServer architecture. 8. Determine the location of the server. 9. Determine the ObjectServer details. 10.Determine the security settings. Given a list of users and security requirements, define users and groups for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop deployment, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Define users. 2. Determine roles (Read only, Read/Write, and Admin). 3. Define groups. Given that a customer requires IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop to be deployed, define all the GUI elements necessary to address the customers' requirements, so that the dashboard requirements are defined, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Determine the user filters. 2. Determine the user views. 3. Define the entities. 4. Define the views. 5. Define the customer dashboard requirements. 6. Determine the chart requirements. 7. Define the maps. 8. Define the resources. 9. Define the pages. 10.Define the workflows. 11.Define the tools. 12.Define the menus. Chapter 1. Certification overview 9
  • 24. 1.2.2 Installation Given that a license server is installed, set up IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop licensing so that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop license keys are available, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Obtain license files from the IBM download software site. 2. Place the files in /etc. 3. Read the new license keys by running /bin>nc_read_license (for UNIX) or by using ImTools (for Windows). 4. Verify IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop keys by running /bin/nc_print_license (for UNIX) or using ImTools (for Windows). Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop software is available and you have the license and ObjectServer details, install IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Read the installation instructions in the ReadMe file. 2. To start the installation, run install_webtop (on UNIX) or run setup.exe (one Windows). 3. Review the license agreement. 4. Specify the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation location and click Next. 5. Specify the license server and port. Select Next. 6. Enter the ObjectServer details: host, port, ObjectServer name, user name, and password. Select Next. 7. Select Complete or Custom installation. 8. For a custom installation, select the components Webtop server, WAAPI, and licensing. Select Next. 9. Install the software. Given that Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundation (NGF) is installed, licensed, configured, start the Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundation server and verify the operational status, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Start the server by running NCHOME/bin/ngf_server start on UNIX or using the Windows Services GUI. for Windows 2. Start the Web browser and go to http://<NFG server host>:<port>. 3. Log in as a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop user with administrator rights. 4. Check the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop demo pages by selecting the Webtop Desktop from the --Pages-- drop-down menu. 10 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 25. 5. Check that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop admin pages are available by selecting the Webtop Administration from the --Pages-- drop-down menu. 6. Log out of the Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundation server. 7. Check that WAAPI is working by running <NCHOME>/webtop/bin/webtop_osresync. 1.2.3 Configuring Given that WAAPI is installed, make changes to the WAAPI configuration as defined in the statement of work, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open the WAAPI configuration file /waapi/waapi.init in a text editor. 2. Modify the property waapi.port and give it a different value. 3. Modify the property waapi.host and give it a different value. 4. Modify the user and password details in waapi.init (waapi.user and waapi.password). 5. Modify the SSL connection details in waapi.init (waapi.secureport and waapi.ssl). Given the ObjectServer connection details, modify the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration so that the data sources are updated, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open the data sources definition file (/config/datasources/newdatasources_definitions.xml) in a text editor. 2. Change the default ObjectServer connection details: host, port, user, and password. 3. Add a backup ObjectServer (host an d port). 4. Add a second ObjectServer data source (name, host, port, user, password). 5. Configure a dual server ObjectServer cluster (name, upassword password, host (primary), host (backup), and read cloud). 6. Save the file. 7. Start the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server using /bin/server (on UNIX) or the Windows Services GUI. Chapter 1. Certification overview 11
  • 26. Given that NGF is installed and running, change the configuration so that NGF is running in SSL mode, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Stop NGF. 2. Create a self-signed certification by running the following command: @$NCHOME/platform/arch/jre_version/bin/bin/keytool -certreq -keyalg RSA -alias ngf -file certreq.csr -keystore <keystore path and filename> 3. Enter a password for the keystore, which must be the same as the previous password> enter the organization’s details and host name of the NGF server, accept the details, and enter the key password. 4. Modify NCHOME/guifoundation/conf/server.xml by uncommenting <connector> by adding the key details (keystore file and keystore password). 5. Start NGF. 6. Verify that the NGF server is working correctly by logging into https://<NGF server host>:8443 and logging into the server as the user. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are signed in as an NGF administrator, create a user that authenticates against a Netcool Omnibus ObjectServer as defined in the Statement of Work, with emphasis on the following steps: 1. Select the Security tab in the NGF Administration window. 2. Select the Users pane in the Security tab. 3. Select the User Details tab. 4. Assign the same user name that is assigned in the ObjectServer. 5. Check the Authenticate externally check box. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are signed in as an NGF administrator, modify the users, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Select the Security tab within the NGF Administration window. 2. Select the Users pane in the Security tab. 3. Click the Edit User icon next to the user you wish to modify. 4. Modify the user details. 5. Click Save. 12 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 27. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are signed in as an NGF administrator, delete users as defined in the Statement of Work, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Select the Security tab in the NGF Administration window. 2. Select the Users pane in the Security tab. 3. Check the check box next to each user that you wish to delete. 4. Click the Delete button. 5. Click OK when asked for confirmation to delete the user. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as administrator, create a view as defined in the Statement of Work, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Launch View Builder from the AEL or the Desktop view. 2. Click the Add View button. 3. Enter the view name, fields, sort order, column titles, and ObjectServer. 4. Save the view. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as administrator, create a filter as defined in the SOW, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Launch the Filter Builder from the Active Event List (AEL) or the Desktop view. 2. Click the Add Filter button. 3. Enter the filter name, ObjectServer data source, filter criteria, and metric. 4. Save the filter. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as administrator, create a new ACL and define users that are members of the ACL, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the Webtop Admin window, select Access and Utilities. 2. Select Users and ACLs. 3. Select ACLs. 4. Select Create ACLs. 5. Enter an ACL name. 6. Save the ACL. 7. Modify the created ACL. 8. Add/Remove users from the ACL. 9. Return to the ACL Editor. Chapter 1. Certification overview 13
  • 28. Given that NGF is installed and running, create Groups, using NGF, for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Log in to NGF as a user with NGF Administrator privileges. 2. Access the Administration windows. 3. Select the Security tab. 4. Select the Groups menu. 5. Click the Add Group button. 6. Under the Group Properties tab: a. Provide a Group name. b. Add a Display Name, if required. c. Add an External Authentication Name, if required. d. Make the Group inactive, if required. e. Add Group members as necessary. 7. Under the Group Roles tab, select roles appropriate for the Group. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as the administrator, create an entity as defined in the SOW so that an entity is available for use, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the Webtop Admin window, select Entities from the Content tab. 2. Click the Add Entity button. 3. Enter the entity details: name, type (filter, dependent), group, view, metric, and label. 4. Click Add this Entity. 5. If filtered, enter the filter SQL. If dependent, select current dependencies. 6. Click Modify This Entity. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as an administrator, create an entity view as defined in the SOW, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the Webtop Admin window, select Entity Views. 2. Click Create Entity View. 3. Enter the view name. 4. Select the ObjectServer name, select the Group Name, and click OK. 5. In the Entity View Editor, enter fields, column titles, sort order, and layout. Click Apply. 14 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 29. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a chart configuration so that a chart template is available for use, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Log in to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server host as the Netcool administrator. 2. Change the directory to $NCHOME/etc/webtop/charts/definitions. 3. Copy the chart definition XML file that best matches the type of chart you require. 4. Open the copy of the XML file and change the variable <ncchart name> to be the same as the file name without the .xml extension. 5. Define the Chart Title by entering a name in the <header text> field. 6. Set the x Scale Element Title value to represent the x Axis label. 7. Set the y Scale Element Title value to reflect the y Axis label. 8. Define the colors to use for the chart in the Chart Renderer section. 9. Define the Chart Data Set in the DataConfig section. 10.Save the file. 11.Verify that the chart configuration works by performing these steps: a. Log in to NGF as a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator with page customization permissions. b. Create a new page or customize an existing one. c. Add a Viewpoint (using the ChartView type) to the page. d. Click the Save and Return button to get back to the page. e. Customize the default ChartView and select the required chart to display. f. Verify that the chart renders as expected. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as an administrator, create a new map, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Go to the Webtop Admin window and select Maps. 2. Select Create Map and ensure that Java™ Editor is selected. 3. Enter the name of the map. 4. Define the map properties: Access Control (Groups), height/width, and background color/image. (The heading in the Java Editor still has “Access Control” in the GUI but the drop-down is filled with Groups from NGF.) 5. Add components to the map, as defined in the SOW: buttons, active buttons, lava lamp/monitors, icons, active icons, lines, and text. Chapter 1. Certification overview 15
  • 30. 6. Right-click the added elements and bring up the Properties dialogue box. 7. Define the required properties for the selected icons. 8. For Active icons, define action, URL, Entity, Datasource, and target. 9. Save the map. 10.Preview the map to verify that the configuration is correct. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new tool so that the tool is available to be added to a menu, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Log in to NGF as the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator. 2. From the Webtop Admin window, select the Tools menu. 3. Click the Create Tool button. 4. Enter a tool name and select the tool type (CGI/URL, SQL, or Command Line). 5. Click OK. 6. For a CGI/URL tool, enter a URL, select groups, select a method, select whether to open in new window or specific window, and select the fields to be passed. 7. For SQL, enter the SQL statements, select groups, and enter the Journal text. 8. For Command Line, select groups, select the platform for command, enter the command line to run, and select the fields to pass. Click OK. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create and register a new CGI program so that it is available for use in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop tools, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Place the CGI script in the NCHOME/etc/webtop/cgi-bin/ directory. 2. Select Webtop Admin from the Pages drop-down list. 3. Select the CGI Registry menu item. 4. Click Register. The Register CGI window opens. In the CGI Name field, enter a name for the CGI script. 5. If the output of the CGI script is HTML data that contains IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop SmartPage commands, select the Use Smart Commands check box. 6. Enter the file name of the script in the File Name text field. 7. If you want to make the CGI script available, click the Groups button and select the groups to which you want to allow access. 8. Click Register. 16 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 31. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new menu item and make it available for use, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. The user has been added to the Webtop User and Webtop Admin roles (this is required in order for the user to have access to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop admin utils). 2. Select Webtop Admin from the drop-down menu. 3. Select Menu. 4. Select Create Menu. 5. Enter a name and label. 6. Add existing tools to the new menu. 7. Arrange a new separator, if required. 8. Save the changes. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed and running and you are signed in with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administration rights, add a new resource to a given map so that it is available for use in the Map Editor, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Navigate to the Webtop Admin page n the NGF. 2. Select Map Resources. 3. Select the map that you wish to add a resource to from the list. 4. Click the Add Map Resource button. 5. Enter a resource file name or browse for a file to upload. 6. Click the Add Resource button. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new directory and upload HTML files so that they are available for use, with emphasis on performing the following steps: Log in to NGF as the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator. From the Webtop Admin window, select the Tools menu. Select the File Manager menu. Enter a name for a new sub directory and click Create Sub Directory. Select the sub directory that was just created. Click the View Dir button. Click the Browse button to select file to upload. Click the Add file to Dir button. Chapter 1. Certification overview 17
  • 32. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new HTML page, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Open a text editor to create a new HTML file. 2. Ensure that appropriate HTML syntax is followed: <html> <head> </html>. 3. Enter the HTML commands as required. Enter the Smart Page commands as defined in the SOW. 4. Save the file. 5. From the Webtop Admin window, select File Manager. 6. Change the directories to the appropriate location for the new file or create a new subdir 7. Browse for the file created above. 8. Select Add file to Dir. 9. Validate the file by selecting the file added, click View File, and then link to file. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running and you are signed in as an administrator, check who is logged in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and revoke user sessions so that selected users are logged out of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Navigate to the Webtop Admin window. 2. Select the Sessions tab. A list showing the logged in users appears. 3. To revoke a given user, click the Revoke button next to the user. The user will be logged out of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. 1.2.4 Performance tuning and performance determination Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, determine the cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop performance issues, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. From the Webtop Admin window, click the Sessions tab to determine how many users are logged in. 2. If the number of users is very high, revoke the user sessions. 3. Select System Information → Server Runtime to determine how much memory is being used. 4. Check the number of events in the ObjectServer by running the nco_sql command. 5. Check the response times when using Native Desktop. 18 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 33. 6. Determine if there is a performance problem for all IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop components. 7. Determine if all users are experiencing slow responses. 8. Determine if other applications are running on the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server host. 9. Check the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop log files in NCHOME/log/webtop.log. Given that NGF is installed and running, determine the reason for user login failure, or failure to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Determine if Security Manager is running. 2. Determine if the user has an NGF account. 3. Determine if the user has an active NGF account. 4. Determine if the user has an appropriate IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop role. 5. Determine if the user is using the correct password. 6. Determine if the user has an accessible home page. 7. Determine if the ObjectServer is running and if IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop can connect to it. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 is installed, identify the cause of startup problem, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Log into the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server machine. 2. Check the environment variables in NCHOME. 3. Look in $NCHOME/log/webtop.log and $NCHOME/log/guifoundation/ logs for information about the cause of the problem. 4. Types of problems to look for: licenses not available, ports already in use, and unable to connect to the ObjectServer. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, verify the cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop's inability to connect to the ObjectServer, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Log in to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server machine. 2. Verify that you can log in to the ObjectServer. 3. Verify that the correct ObjectServer is configured for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop by looking in the $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml directory. 4. Verify that the user and passwords are correct by looking in the $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml directory. Chapter 1. Certification overview 19
  • 34. 5. Confirm that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server can connect to the ObjectServer host and port. Given that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a backup copy of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Stop IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. 2. Make copies of the following files and directories: $NCHOME/etc/webtop/, $NCHOME/webtop/waapi/etc/, and $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/. 3. Start IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Given that NGF is installed, troubleshoot NGF issues, so that NGF is running and users are able to log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Log in to the machine where NGF is installed. 2. Check the status of NGF server by running $NCHOME/bin/ngf_server status (on UNIX) or by checking the status of the appropriate service (on Windows). 3. If the NGF server is not running, start it by running $NCHOME/bin/ngf_server start (on UNIX) or by starting the service (on Windows) 4. Check the NGF log files $NCHOME/log/guifoundation for possible causes of startup issues and resolve them (if there are any). 5. If users are unable to log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop at http://<server>:<port>, make sure that Security Manager is running. Given that Security Manager is installed, determine the cause of Security Manager Performance issues, with emphasis on performing the following steps: 1. Determine if Security Manager is running by performing these steps: a. From a command line, with appropriate permissions, run the script $NCHOME/security/bin/ncsm_status. b. From a browser window, attempt to connect to the Security Manager HTTP port (the default is 8077). 2. Determine if the authentication source is available by performing these steps: a. Check the specified authentication source by selecting the NGF Security tab and then selecting the Domain menu. b. Check the box to set it to available. c. Check the access credentials. d. Check NCHOME/etc/sm/server.props. 20 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 35. 3. Change the authentication source to $NCHOME/security/install/ncsm_config. 4. Check the Security Manager log files in $NCHOME/security/log/SM_server.log. 1.3 Certification achieved The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation test (#922) is a prerequisite for achieving the following certifications: 1.3.1, “Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0” on page 21 1.3.2, “Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008” on page 24 1.3.3, “Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008” on page 24 1.3.4, “IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009” on page 25 1.3.5, “IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009” on page 26 1.3.1 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is an IBM Certified Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Deployment Professional - Tivoli Netcool Core V3.0 is a technical professional responsible for the planning, installing, configuring performance tuning, problem determination, and documenting of solutions for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 and IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. This individual will be expected to perform these tasks with limited assistance from peers, product documentation, and support resources. Recommended prerequisite skills The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 key areas of competency are: Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 architecture and components. Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 solution based on a customer requirements/environment. Install and configure prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2. Chapter 1. Certification overview 21
  • 36. Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure components (probes, gateways, desktops, process control, accelerated event notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, automated failover, and failback). Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 environment. Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 required prerequisites are: Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 infrastructure components (ObjectServer, probes, gateways, desktop and process control, accelerated event notification (AEN), IPV6 configuration, and dual server desktop) Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 administration (triggers, procedures, tools, menus, automated failover and failback, AEN channels, and so on) Strong working knowledge of network management principles Working knowledge of operating system (UNIX and Windows), networking, and firewall concepts Knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool licensing Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts) Working knowledge of SQL (including procedures) Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting, Rules files, and regular expressions) Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP and SNMP Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, and text editor) The IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 recommended prerequisites are: Basic knowledge of help desk and database systems Knowledge of network management systems The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 key areas of competency are: Describe the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 architecture and components. Plan and design an IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 solution based on a customer requirements/environment. Install and configure prerequisites to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. 22 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 37. Install and configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure components (server, Webtop Administration API, event lists, maplets, and charts). Use various interfaces to configure and administer the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 environment. Perform performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 required prerequisites are: Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 infrastructure components Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 administration (tools, menus, maplets, entities, resources, users, filters, views, SMARTPage commands, and so on) Strong working knowledge of HTML, CGI, XML, and SQL Strong working knowledge of IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.x, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Security Manager V1.3, IBM Tivoli Netcool/GUI Foundations™ V1.x, and associated architectures Working knowledge of IBM Tivoli/Netcool licensing Working knowledge of operating system (UNIX and Windows), networking, and firewall concepts Working knowledge of security (SSL and system user accounts) Working knowledge of scripting languages (shell scripting and regular expressions) Working knowledge of Web browsers and Java applications The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 recommended prerequisites are: Basic knowledge of network management systems Knowledge of Web application development techniques (JavaScript™ and HTML style sheets) Working knowledge of protocols, including TCP/IP Working knowledge of operating system utilities (ftp, telnet, sftp, ssh, text editor, and so on) Requirements This certification requires two tests: Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Chapter 1. Certification overview 23
  • 38. 1.3.2 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Fault Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Fault Management solutions area. Requirements This certification requires four tests: Any one of the following tests: – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Any two of the following tests: – Test 890 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.1 Implementation – Test 897 - IBM Tivoli Network Manager IP Edition V3.7 Implementation – Test 905 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1 – Test 920 - IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response Time V6.2 Implementation – Test ITIL® - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations – Test 436 - IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation – Test 908 - IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation 1.3.3 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. 24 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 39. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - Tivoli Performance Management Solutions 2008 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Performance Management solutions area. Requirements This certification requires four tests: Any one of the following tests: – Test 901 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 Implementation – Test 933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Any two of the following tests: – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations – Test 430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless V9.1.2 Implementation – Test 931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation 1.3.4 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management Network and Service Assurance 2009 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Network and Service Assurance solutions area. Requirements This certification requires four tests: Test 000-922 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Test 000-933 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation Test 000-938 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Impact V4.0 Implementation Chapter 1. Certification overview 25
  • 40. Any one of the following tests: – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library -- Foundations – Test 000-430 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Service Quality Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 000-434 - IBM Tivoli Netcool Performance Manager for Wireless V9.1.2 Implementation – Test 000-931 - IBM Tivoli Netcool/Proviso V4.4.1 Implementation 1.3.5 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is an IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional certification. Target audience An IBM Certified Advanced Deployment Professional - IBM Service Management Data Center Management and Transformation 2009 is an individual who has demonstrated a higher level of implementation knowledge and skill both in breadth and in depth in the IBM Tivoli Data Center Management and Transformation solutions area. Requirements This certification requires three or four tests: Test 000-011 IBM Tivoli Application Dependency and Discovery Manager V7.1 Implementation Test 000-908 IBM Tivoli Monitoring V6.2 Implementation Any one or two of the following tests: – Test ITIL - Information Technology Infrastructure Library - Foundations – Test 000-012 IBM Tivoli Usage and Accounting Manager V7.1 Implementation – Test 000-253 IBM WebSphere Application Server Network Deployment V6.1 Core Administration – Test 000-435 IBM Tivoli Workload Scheduler V8.4 Implementation – Test 000-436 IBM Tivoli Business Service Manager V4.1.1 Implementation – Test 000-731 DB2® 9 DBA for Linux, UNIX, and Windows – Test 000-905 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for WebSphere V6.1 26 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 41. – Test 000-920 IBM Tivoli Composite Application Manager for Response Time V6.2 Implementation – Test 000-922 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 and Test 000-933 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.2 Implementation 1.4 Recommended study resources Courses and publications are offered to help you prepare for the certification tests. The courses are recommended, but not required, before taking a certification test. If you wish to purchase Web-based training courses or are unable to locate a Web-based course or classroom course at the time and location you desire, please feel free to contact one of our delivery management teams at: Americas: tivamedu@us.ibm.com EMEA: tived@uk.ibm.com AP: tivtrainingap@au1.ibm.com Note that course offerings are continuously being added and updated. If you do not see the course(s) listed below in your geography, please contact the delivery management team. 1.4.1 Classroom courses Course title: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop 2.0 Fundamentals Course duration: 2 days Course number: (TN050CE - Canada: TN051CE - Canada: TN05ES - Spain: TN051 - US) Course numbers vary depending on the geo education delivery area. Please refer to the Web site for this course. Abstract: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop 2.0 Fundamentals is a 2 day intensive course designed for the system administrator responsible for installing, configuring, customizing, and administering world class IT visual management services products. Focusing on development, deployment, configuration, and management of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Server, this course takes students from the standard configuration tasks to more advanced configurations of related components. Each student installs the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server on their own lab machine and, from this point forward, the student is challenged with applying concepts and facts and creating real world scenarios. Later, as the course develops, the emphasis shifts and the student configures Chapter 1. Certification overview 27
  • 42. customized maps, charts, and table views from real-time network data. This is a performance-based course and all students emerge with a thorough understanding of visualization server technology. 1.4.2 Web resource IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 product information can be found at the following address: http://www-306.ibm.com/software/tivoli/products/netcool-webtop/ 28 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 43. 2 Chapter 2. Planning The planning information for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the following sections: 2.1, “Webtop architecture” on page 30 2.2, “Installation prerequisites” on page 33 2.3, “Licensing for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0” on page 34 2.4, “Deployment considerations” on page 34 2.5, “Security planning” on page 35 2.6, “Customization requirements” on page 38 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 29
  • 44. 2.1 Webtop architecture Figure 2-1 shows the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 architecture. Figure 2-1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop architecture IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is part of the infrastructure of the Netcool implementation. It is installed in Netcool GUI Foundation, which works with OMNIbus ObjectServer. It communicates with Netcool Licensing and Netcool Security Manager for licensing and user authentication. Other Netcool products use IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop for modifying and managing the Web interface and user customization. Figure 2-2 on page 31 shows IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop interaction with other components. 30 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 45. Figure 2-2 Communication configuration In Figure 2-2, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop has several components: Administration tool: Managing user and access rights Map editor: Defining a background for as graphical map for user interfaces Filters and views definition and customization Event list applications: Active Event List (AEL), static table view, and Lightweight Event List (LEL) Managing Web pages: Defining HTML and Web pages definitions Chapter 2. Planning 31
  • 46. There are several methods to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop: Read-only client Read-only clients have a non-interactive view of the network status. They can view tableviews, LELs, maps, and charts, but cannot view the AEL or execute management instructions against alerts. These clients are often third-party users (for example, customers) who want to observe the events taking place on their network and obtain a high-level view of system performance. Desktop (read write client) Desktop clients are usually ObjectServer validated network operation center (NOC) personnel who are responsible for monitoring the status of a network. They have access to AEL pages, where they can use administrative tools to execute alert management instructions against field entries, and are capable of creating and modifying filters and views for use in the AEL. The entities and tools for this type of user are created by the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator. Administrator client Administrators are ObjectServer validated superusers responsible for addressing the requirements of non-administrative IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users. This includes creating: – Filters – Views – Tools – Maps – Entities and entity views – Charts Administrators also establish the high-level alert processing criteria for each user, and configure the HTML pages on the server to display Netcool data in the appropriate manner. WAAPI The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Administration API (WAAPI) is a utility for remotely configuring IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. The application is used to send configuration instructions in XML to a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. The WAAPI is used by administrators who want to rapidly deploy predefined configurations to target systems. This system can be considered a command-line alternative to using the Web-based administration page. WAAPI users must have root access privileges. WAAPI users are not configured using the User Editor, and do not require a license to connect to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. 32 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 47. 2.2 Installation prerequisites This section describes the software and hardware requirements for a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation. You cannot successfully install IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop if your system does not meet the requirements specified in this section. 2.2.1 Supported platforms The UNIX platforms on which the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server is supported are shown in Table 2-1. Table 2-1 Supported UNIX platforms Platform Versions Solaris™ 8, 9, 10 AIX® V5.2 and V5.3 Red Hat® Enterprise Linux Advanced 3.0 Server HP-UX 11 and 11i The supported Windows platforms are shown in Table 2-2. Table 2-2 Supported Windows platforms Platform Version Microsoft Windows 2000 Advanced Server XP Professional 2000 Professional 2003 Chapter 2. Planning 33
  • 48. 2.2.2 Web browser requirements Table 2-3 shows the Web browsers supported by IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop 2.0. Table 2-3 Supported Web browsers Platform Browser Version Microsoft Windows Internet Explorer® 6 Mozilla Firefox 1.5 and 1.07 Solaris Mozilla Firefox 1.5 and 1.07 Linux Mozilla Firefox 1.5 and 1.07 2.3 Licensing for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server requires three license files to function correctly. The license files are available as part numbers: C922PIE, C94SAEN, and C922QIE. Each license file enables some of the features of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. The required license files are: cro_webtop refers to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server licenses. cro_netcool_rw refers to Netcool GUI Foundation read-write licenses. cro_netcool_ro refers to Netcool GUI Foundation read-only licenses. cro_ncw_os_con refers to ObjectServer data source connection licenses. 2.4 Deployment considerations For performance reasons, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and the Netcool GUI Foundation should be installed separately from other Netcool products. Figure 2-3 on page 35 shows an example IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop deployment using three machines. 34 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 49. Figure 2-3 Example IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop deployment Your deployment depends on the specification of the available hardware, the load to be placed on the system, the requirements of any other Netcool products, and any failover considerations. 2.5 Security planning Define users and groups for Webtop deployment, so that User details and groups are defined, by performing the following steps: 1. Define users. IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users are defined as internal or external from a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop point of reference. Internal user accounts are stored in the Security Manager itself and are maintained only in the Security Manager. External user accounts are defined in the Security Manager defined external source. LDAP, ObjectServer, and NIS authentication sources can all be used by the Security Manager server. Chapter 2. Planning 35
  • 50. There are several types of users, as listed in Table 2-4. Table 2-4 User types Type of user Roles necessary Description IBM Tivoli IBM Tivoli The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator can Netcool/Webtop Netcool/Webtop access the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrative administrator Administrator functions using the Webtop Admin page, and also has IBM Tivoli access to the Webtop Desktop page. Netcool/Webtop User GUI Foundation user IBM Tivoli IBM Tivoli A IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read-write user can Netcool/Webtop Netcool/Webtop User access the Webtop Desktop, and can run AEL tools, read-write user GUI Foundation read and change the filter or view applied to an AEL. IBM write Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read-write users who are also GUI Foundation user ObjectServer users can also modify ObjectServer data. IBM Tivoli IBM Tivoli A IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read-only user can Netcool/Webtop Netcool/Webtop User access the Webtop Desktop, but cannot run AEL tools read-only user GUI Foundation read only or modify ObjectServer data. GUI Foundation user Netcool GUI GUI Foundation A Netcool GUI Foundation administrator can access Foundation Administrator the Netcool GUI Foundation administrative functions administrator Security Administrator through the Admin page, but cannot access IBM Tivoli GUI Foundation user Netcool/Webtop functionality. 2. Determine roles. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop roles user accounts define what they have access to do and what features of the product they can access. For example, only a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator can access the Webtop Admin page, configure other users’ filters, and configure other users’ views. The read-only role can prevent a user from running tools, and removing the user account from the ObjectServer can also prevent a user from running SQL tools. The predefined roles are listed in Table 2-5. Table 2-5 Default roles Role name Description ADMIN Security administrator. This role enables access to Netcool Security Manager functionality, and is required by Netcool GUI Foundation administrators so that they have full control over users, roles, and groups. DOMAIN_ADMIN Security Domain Administrator. GROUP_ADMIN Security Group Administrator. 36 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 51. Role name Description admin GUI Foundation Administrator. user GUI Foundation user. This role is required to make users operational and so must be assigned to all users. netcool_ro GUI Foundation read only. This role associates a Netcool read-only role with a user, and grants read-only access to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Users with this role can access the AEL but cannot execute AEL tools or change event data. netcool_rw GUI Foundation read write. This role associates a Netcool read-write role with a user, and grants read-write access to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. This role has an equivalent function in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 to the Desktop license in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V1.3.x. Users with this role have access to AEL tools and can change event data. ncw_admin Webtop Administrator. This role allows a user access to the Webtop Admin page. ncw_user Webtop desktop view. This role allows a user access to the Webtop Admin page. Test Test role. 3. Define groups. Groups are collections of roles that have already been defined. There are some groups that have been predefined in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, such as Desktop and Restricted, that have special meaning. The Desktop role allows users to access the welcome page. This group, Desktop, is mapped to the external group called Public so that ObjectServer user accounts are part of this group by default. The restricted group is an internal Security Manager group that gives IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop read write users in the ObjectServer the right to delete events. The default groups and their definitions are shown in Table 2-6. Table 2-6 Predefined groups Group Descriptions Restricted This IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop group replaces the restricted ACL from previous versions of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. The Delete tool is assigned to the restricted group by default. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator must assign users to the restricted group before they can use the Delete tool. System This Netcool GUI Foundation group permits its members administrative access to certain Netcool products and to the Netcool GUI Foundation. The admin user is assigned to this group by default. Chapter 2. Planning 37
  • 52. Group Descriptions Desktop This Netcool GUI Foundation group is required to make users operational by permitting login. All IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users are created as members of this group if the Auto assign groups/roles check box is checked. You must not remove any IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop users from this group. By default, this group is mapped to the ObjectServer public group. This means that all ObjectServer users can log into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. VIEWS This Netcool GUI Foundation group is specific to page creation. Views must be assigned to this group when they are created. Users and roles must not be assigned to this group. 2.6 Customization requirements The implementation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop consists of installing and customizing different aspects of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. The customization that can be performed for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop includes: Determine user filters. Determine user views. Define entities. Define views. Define customer dashboard requirements. Determine chart requirements. Define maps. Define resources. Define pages. Define workflows. Define tools. Define menus. The customization of these entities are discussed in more detail in Chapter 4, “Configuration” on page 77. As IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is mainly used as a front end to IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus, a good understanding of the fields of alerts are important. One of the most important tables is the alerts.status table. This table stores all open alerts in IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus. Some of the common fields in alerts.status table are listed in Table 2-7 on page 39. 38 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 53. Table 2-7 The alerts.status table Column name Data type Description Identifier varchar(255) Controls ObjectServer deduplication. Serial incr The Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus serial number for the row. Node varchar(64) Identifies the managed entity from which the alarm originated. This could be a host or device name, service name, or other entity. NodeAlias varchar(64) The alias for the node. For network devices or hosts, this should be the logical (layer-3) address of the entity. For IP devices or hosts, this should be the IP address. Manager varchar(64) The descriptive name of the probe that collected and forwarded the alarm to the ObjectServer. This can also be used to indicate the host on which the probe is running. Agent varchar(64) The descriptive name of the sub-manager that generated the alert. AlertGroup varchar(255) The descriptive name of the type of failure indicated by the alert (for example, Interface Status or CPU Utilization). AlertKey varchar(255) The descriptive key that indicates the managed object instance referenced by the alert (for example, the disk partition indicated by a file system full alert or the switch port indicated by a utilization alert). Severity integer Indicates the alert severity level, which provides an indication of how the perceived capability of the managed object has been affected. The color of the alert in the event list is controlled by the severity value. Summary varchar(255) The text summary of the cause of the alert. StateChange time An automatically maintained ObjectServer time stamp of the last insertion or update of the alert from any source. FirstOccurrence time The time in seconds (from midnight 1 Jan, 1970) when this alert was created or when polling started at the probe. LastOccurrence time The time when this alert was last updated at the probe. InternalLast time The time when this alert was last updated at the ObjectServer. Poll integer The frequency of polling for this alert in seconds. Type integer The type of alert: 0: not set, 1: problem, 2: resolution, and so on. Tally integer Automatically maintained count of the number of insertions and updates of the alert from any source. This count is affected by deduplication. Chapter 2. Planning 39
  • 54. Column name Data type Description Class integer The alert class used to identify the probe or vendor from which the alert was generated. Controls the applicability of context-sensitive event list tools. Grade integer Indicates the state of escalation for the alert: 0: not escalated and 1: escalated. Location varchar(64) Indicates the physical location of the device, host, or service for which the alert was generated. OwnerUID integer The user identifier of the user who is assigned to handle this alert. The default is 65534, which is the identifier for the nobody user. OwnerGID integer The group identifier of the group that is assigned to handle this alert. Acknowledged integer Indicates whether the alert has been acknowledged (0/1). ServerName varchar(64) The name of the originating ObjectServer. Used by gateways to control propagation of alerts between ObjectServers. ServerSerial integer The serial number of the alert on the originating ObjectServer (if it did not originate on this ObjectServer). Used by gateways to control the propagation of alerts between ObjectServers. URL varchar(1024) Optional URL that provides a link to additional information in the vendor's device or ENMS. MasterSerial integer Identifies the master ObjectServer, if this alert is being processed in a desktop ObjectServer environment. This column is added when you run the database initialization utility nco_dbinit with the -desktopserver option. MasterSerial must be the last column in the alerts.status table if you are using a desktop ObjectServer environment. ExtendedAttr varchar(4096) Holds name-value pairs (of IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console® extended attributes) or any other additional information for which no dedicated column exists in the alerts.status table. Use this column only through the nvp_get, nvp_set, and nvp_exists SQL functions. 40 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 55. 3 Chapter 3. Installation The installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the following sections: 3.1, “The installation overview” on page 42 3.2, “License server setup” on page 42 3.3, “Security Manager installation” on page 50 3.4, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation” on page 61 3.5, “Netcool/GUI Foundation” on page 72 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 41
  • 56. 3.1 The installation overview IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 eAssembly is provided in part number CR53SEN. The components that we use in this book are: Common license key part numbers: – Netcool/Webtop V2.0 License Key (C94SAEN) – Read Only Client License V1.0 English (C922PIE) – Read Write Client License V1.0 English (C922QIE) Linux installation part numbers: – Tivoli Netcool Security Manager for use with Impact V3.1 on all supported Linux versions - English (C923GIE) – Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.93 for Linux English (C14BQEN) – Netcool Common License Server V1.0 for Linux - English (C924WIE) Windows installation part numbers: – Netcool Common License Server V1.0 for Windows - English (C924XIE) – Tivoli Netcool Security Manager for use with Impact V3.1 on all supported Windows versions - English (C923HIE) – Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0.93 for Windows English (C14BREN) The overall installation process is covered in the following sections: 3.2, “License server setup” on page 42 3.3, “Security Manager installation” on page 50 3.4, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation” on page 61 3.5, “Netcool/GUI Foundation” on page 72 3.2 License server setup We discuss the license installation in the following sections: UNIX installation in 3.2.1, “License server setup on UNIX” on page 43 Windows installation in 3.2.2, “License server setup on Windows” on page 47 42 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 57. 3.2.1 License server setup on UNIX The installation process is as follows: 1. Install Netcool License Server from the installation media. The console based installation is shown in Example 3-1. Example 3-1 License server installation [root@localhost ncl]# ./INSTALL -console Please enter installation directory [/opt/netcool]: 1523 blocks 1523 blocks . . . Product: Netcool/License Server Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/License Server To continue press [Enter]: End User License Agreement for Netcool/License Server MICROMUSE END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT (“EULA”) effective as of February 2006 The software (the “Licensed Software”) enclosed with this End User Software License Agreement (“EULA”) or delivered via authorized download and related documents, training materials and user guides (collectively, the (“Documentation”) are licensed solely to the . . . Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes Product: Netcool/License Server Select Feature ------ ------- [I] 1) License Server - This is the License Server for the Netcool suite. Select: 1-1) Toggle feature s) Select all features Chapter 3. Installation 43
  • 58. u) Unselect all features i) Install selected features q) Quit Option [i]: i installing Features ------------------- [I] 1) License Server - This is the License Server for the Netcool suite. Do you want to continue ([I]nstall/[M]ore/[C]ancel) []: I Installing product: Netcool/License Server. Product Netcool/License Server installed OK. 2. Set the NCHOME environment variable: export NCHOME=/opt/netcool 3. Start the license server by running the command nc_start_license found in $NCHOME/license/bin/. 4. Obtain the license files from the IBM download software site found at the following address: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom ers.htm 5. Place the files in the license server folder $NCHOME/license/etc. The default location for UNIX is shown in Example 3-2. Example 3-2 License file location and part numbers [root@localhost etc]# pwd /opt/netcool/license/etc [root@localhost etc]# ls -l total 12 -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 707 May 28 11:16 C922PIE.lic -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1168 May 28 11:16 C922QIE.lic -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 713 May 28 11:16 C94SAEN.lic 6. Edit the license file contents of each of the license files. Replace the put_hostname_here entry shown in Example 3-3 on page 45 with the server’s host name. 44 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 59. Example 3-3 License file default contents [root@localhost etc]# cat C94SAEN.lic SERVER put_hostname_here ANY 27000 VENDOR netcool USE_SERVER FEATURE cro_webtop netcool 20040331.0 permanent 9999 ck=182 SIGN="0078 283B D949 F6B7 B45E 4718 B811 E500 1D70 6FE9 5AE0 883E 321F 9597 11A5" SIGN2="0069 798B D533 CCE3 C5EE 748B 95F0 3E00 A9FC BB7F 66A4 679F 4B4B 4996 0558" FEATURE cro_ncw_os_con netcool 20040331.0 permanent 9999 ck=239 SIGN="002C 130B D862 EBE1 7357 A404 C005 DE00 9393 B839 2ABE A2B3 924F 5CEC 03BA" SIGN2="00B9 8B87 B132 E0CC B5DA 5C07 4525 F000 85BC 08FD EB76 4CDA C0BA 225D C20D" FEATURE webtop netcool 20030630 permanent 9999 ck=183 SIGN=9CCD06ECB29E FEATURE ncw_os_con netcool 20030630 permanent 9999 ck=179 SIGN=398623D88E9C 7. Read the new license keys by running nc_read_license found in /opt/netcool/license/bin, as shown in Example 3-4. Example 3-4 Reading in newly installed license files [root@localhost bin]# ./nc_read_license lmreread - Copyright (c) 1989-2003 by Macrovision Corporation. All rights reserved. lmreread successful Chapter 3. Installation 45
  • 60. 8. Verify the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop keys by running the nc_print_license command found in /opt/netcool/license/bin, as shown in Example 3-5. Example 3-5 Verifying installed licenses [root@localhost bin]# ./nc_print_license lmstat - Copyright (c) 1989-2003 by Macrovision Corporation. All rights reserved. Flexible License Manager status on Thu 5/28/2009 12:14 License server status: 27000@localhost.localdomain License file(s) on localhost.localdomain: /opt/netcool/license/etc//C922PIE.lic:/opt/netcool/license/etc//C922QIE.lic:/opt/netco ol/license/etc//C94SAEN.lic: localhost.localdomain: license server UP (MASTER) v9.2 Vendor daemon status (on localhost.localdomain): netcool: UP v9.2 Feature usage info: Users of cro_nci_opview: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of nci_opview: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of webtop_ro: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of cro_webtop_ro: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of cro_nci_client: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of nci_client: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of webtop_dt: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of cro_webtop_dt: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of ncp_tvs_rw: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of rad_user: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of cro_webtop: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 1 license in use) "cro_webtop" v20040331.0, vendor: netcool floating license root localhost.localdomain JavaDisplay (v20040331.0) (localhost.localdomain/27000 101), start Thu 5/28 11:44 Users of cro_ncw_os_con: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 1 license in use) "cro_ncw_os_con" v20040331.0, vendor: netcool floating license root localhost.localdomain JavaDisplay (v20040331.0) (localhost.localdomain/27000 201), start Thu 5/28 11:44 Users of webtop: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) Users of ncw_os_con: (Total of 9999 licenses issued; Total of 0 licenses in use) 46 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 61. 3.2.2 License server setup on Windows The license server setup on Windows is as follows: 1. Obtain the license files from the IBM download software site found at the following address: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom ers.htm 2. Place the files in the license server etc folder. The default location for Windows is shown in Example 3-6. Example 3-6 License file names and location on Windows c:>cd C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcoollicenseetc C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcoollicenseetc>dir Volume in drive C has no label. Volume Serial Number is C43F-BBF6 Directory of C:Program FilesIBMTivoliNetcoollicenseetc 05/20/2009 01:02 PM <DIR> . 05/20/2009 01:02 PM <DIR> .. 05/20/2009 01:03 PM 695 C922PIE.lic 05/20/2009 01:04 PM 1,156 C922QIE.lic 05/20/2009 01:04 PM 701 C94SAEN.lic 05/20/2009 01:02 PM 181 dummy.lic 4 File(s) 2,733 bytes 2 Dir(s) 57,429,340,160 bytes free Chapter 3. Installation 47
  • 62. 3. Edit the license file’s contents to add the host name of your license server. Figure 3-1 shows the default license file. Modify the license file to change the host name from put_hostname_here to your actual host name. Figure 3-1 License file default values 4. Select Programs → Netcool Suite → Flex License → lmTools, as shown in Figure 3-2. Figure 3-2 License Server: Start menu shortcut 5. Select the Start/Stop/Reread tab and click the Reread License File button, as shown in Figure 3-3 on page 49. 48 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 63. Figure 3-3 License server: Start/Stop/Reread tab 6. To verify that the license server is reading the licenses correctly, use the lmTools. Under the Server Status tab, click the Perform Status Enquiry button, as shown in Figure 3-4. This generates a report of the license files found, license server version, names of licenses found, number of licenses available, and the number of licenses in use. Figure 3-4 License Server: Server Status tab Chapter 3. Installation 49
  • 64. 3.3 Security Manager installation This section discusses the installation of the Security Manager in the following sub sections: 3.3.1, “Security Manager installation on UNIX” on page 50 3.3.2, “Security Manager installation on Windows” on page 54 3.3.1 Security Manager installation on UNIX The Security Manager installation on UNIX is as follows: 1. Start the installation by running setup.sh in console mode. 2. Type Yes and press Enter to accept the license agreement after reviewing it, as shown in Example 3-7. Example 3-7 Security Manager installation welcome screen [root@localhost C923GIE]#./setup.sh -console Product: Netcool/Security Manager Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/Security Manager To continue press [Enter]: Yes End User License Agreement for Netcool/Security Manager MICROMUSE END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") effective as of February 2006 The software (the "Licensed Software") enclosed with this End User Software License Agreement ("EULA") or delivered via authorized download and related documents, training materials and user guides (collectively, the ("Documentation") are licensed solely to the entity named as licensee in Micromuse's business records (the "Licensee") subject to the terms of this EULA, unless such terms are expressly and unambiguously amended by a separate written license agreement between Licensee and Micromuse Inc. or one of Micromuse Inc.'s subsidiaries or affiliates (individually and collectively, "Micromuse" as used herein). . . . Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes 50 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 65. 3. By default, the Security Manager is selected for installation and there are no other components to select. Select n to continue to the next configuration screen, as shown in Example 3-8. Example 3-8 Security Manager installation: component selection Product: Netcool/Security Manager SelectFeature ------------- [I]1) Security Manager Server - The Netcool Security Manager Server Select: 1-1) Toggle feature s) Select all features u) Select no features n) Next page (properties configuration). q) Quit Option [n]: n 4. In the next configuration screen, shown in Example 3-9, set the Security Manager host name, Server Port, HTTP Port, and DB Port. You need to know this information for the Security Manager failover setup, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop upgrades, and application troubleshooting. You should make note of them now. Example 3-9 Security Manager installation: ports defined Product: Netcool/Security Manager Security Manager Server Please enter Security Manager Server information SelectProperties ---------------- 1 Server Host [localhost] 2 Server Port [1275] 3 Server HTTP Port [8077] 4 Server DB Port [5600] Select: 1-4) Change Property p) Previous page n) Next page q) Quit Option [n]: n Chapter 3. Installation 51
  • 66. 5. Select the method of external authentication for the Security Manager, as shown in Example 3-10, type n, and press Enter. In this example, you are using an ObjectServer as your authentication source. Example 3-10 Security Manager installation: external authentication source type Product: Netcool/Security Manager Authentication Source Select Authentication source ---------------- 1ObjectServerSELECTED 2LDAP 3NIS Select: 1-3) Choose Authentication Source p) Previous page n) Next page q) Quit Option [n]: n 6. Enter the ObjectServer details, as shown in Example 3-11. The host name, Port, Username, and Password are details that the Security Manager needs to authenticate user accounts against the ObjectServer. Example 3-11 Security Manager installation: external authentication details Product: Netcool/Security Manager ObjectServer Please enter ObjectServer information SelectProperties ---------------- 1Host [localhost] 2Port [4100] 3Username [root] 4Password [******] Select: 1-4) Change Property p) Previous page n) Next page q) Quit Option [n]: n 52 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 67. 7. Use the default values for the Application Registry, as shown in Example 3-12. Example 3-12 Security Manager installation: application registry Product: Netcool/Security Manager Use Application Registry SelectProperties ---------------- 1Use Applicaton Registry [false] Select: 1) Change Property i) Install product p) Previous page q) Quit Option [i]: i 8. Wait for the installer to complete. Example 3-13 shows the progress screen that you will see during the installation and the completion message. Example 3-13 Security Manager installation: status screen Installing product: Netcool/Security Manager. Product Netcool/Security Manager installed OK. 9. Start the Security Manager Service and check its status by running the ncsm_status command, as shown in Example 3-14. Example 3-14 Security Manager start script root@localhost bin]# pwd /opt/netcool/security/bin root@localhost bin]# ./ncsm_server & [2] 27658 [root@localhost bin]# Starting Server ... Logging to file: log/SM_server.log Apache Tomcat/4.1.8 Apache Tomcat/4.1.8 ... Server Started. [root@localhost bin]# ./ncsm_status Netcool/SecurityManager license server is running (pid=9139 ) Netcool/SecurityManager Server is running (pid=27665 ) Chapter 3. Installation 53
  • 68. 10.Open a browser and navigate to http://127.0.0.1:8077. The Security Manager creates a Web site at this address that is used to verify that the installation was successful and that the Security Manager is running, as shown in Figure 3-5. Figure 3-5 Security Manager confirmation window 3.3.2 Security Manager installation on Windows The installation process for Security Manager on Windows is as follows: 1. Start the installation by running setup.msi. The installation begins and the welcome window opens, as shown in Figure 3-6 on page 55. Click Next. 54 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 69. Figure 3-6 Security Manager installation: welcome window 2. Accept the license agreement and select Next to continue, as shown in Figure 3-7. Figure 3-7 Security Manager installation: license agreement Chapter 3. Installation 55
  • 70. 3. The installer reads the NCHOME environment variable and populates the installation directory location, as shown in Figure 3-8. Figure 3-8 Security Manager installation: NCHOME defined 4. Begin the Security Manager configuration by clicking Next on the window shown in Figure 3-9. Figure 3-9 Security Manager installation: component selection 56 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 71. 5. In Figure 3-10, set the Security Manager host name, Server Port, HTTP Port, and DB Port. This information is needed for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation, IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop upgrades, and application troubleshooting. Figure 3-10 Security Manager installation: Security Manager ports defined 6. Select the method of external authentication for the Security Manager, as shown in Figure 3-11, and click Next. In this example, we use an ObjectServer as our authentication source. Figure 3-11 Security Manager installation: external data source defined Chapter 3. Installation 57
  • 72. 7. Enter the ObjectServer details, as shown in Figure 3-12. The host name, Port, Username, and Password are the details the Security Manager needs to authenticate user accounts against the ObjectServer. Figure 3-12 Security Manager installation: define ObjectServer 8. Use the default values for the Application Registry, as shown in Figure 3-13. Figure 3-13 Security Manager installation: application registry 9. Start the installation by confirming your selections and clicking the Install button, as shown in Figure 3-14 on page 59. 58 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 73. Figure 3-14 Security Manager installation: component confirmation 10.Wait for the installer to complete. Figure 3-15 shows the progress window that you will see during the installation. Figure 3-15 Security Manager installation: progress window Chapter 3. Installation 59
  • 74. 11.After the installer completes, the installer displays the installation results, as shown in Figure 3-16. Click Finish to complete the installation. Figure 3-16 Security Manager installation: summary window 12.Start the Netcool Security Manager service. 13.Open a browser and navigate to http://127.0.0.1:8077. The Security Manager creates a Web site at this address that is used to verify that the installation was successful and that the Security Manager is running, as shown in Figure 3-17. Figure 3-17 Security Manager confirmation page 60 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 75. 3.4 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation The installation of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop itself is discussed in the following sections: 3.4.1, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX” on page 61 3.4.2, “IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows” on page 66 3.4.1 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on UNIX is performed as follows: 1. After reviewing the ReadMe file that is included with the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation, start the installer by executing the INSTALL script, as shown in Example 3-15. Example 3-15 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: welcome screen [root@localhost C1YR3ML]# ./INSTALL -console Product: Netcool/Webtop Welcome to the Netcool text installer for Netcool/Webtop To continue press [Enter]: 2. Accept the license agreement and type Yes to continue the installation, as shown in Example 3-16. Example 3-16 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: license agreement End User License Agreement for Netcool/Webtop MICROMUSE END USER SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") effective as of February 2006 The software (the "Licensed Software") enclosed with this End User Software License Agreement ("EULA") or delivered via authorized download and related documents, training materials and user guides (collectively, the ("Documentation") are licensed solely to the entity named as licensee in Micromuse's business records (the "Licensee") subject to the terms of this EULA, unless such terms are expressly and unambiguously amended by a separate written license agreement between Licensee and Micromuse Inc. or one of Micromuse Inc.'s subsidiaries or affiliates (individually and collectively, "Micromuse" as used herein). Do you agree to be bound by the terms of this license (Yes/No) []: Yes Chapter 3. Installation 61
  • 76. 3. Confirm the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop components that you want to install. By default, all components are selected, as shown in Example 3-17. If you want to deselect a component, press the number key that corresponds to it. Example 3-17 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: component selection Product: Netcool/Webtop SelectFeature ------------- [I] 1) Netcool/Webtop - Netcool/Webtop [I] 2) Netcool/Webtop Migrator - Migration utility to migrate from Netcool/Webtop 1.3.x to Netcool/Webtop 2.0. Will be installed in NCHOME/webtop/migrator. [I] 3) WAAPI - WAAPI client for Netcool/Webtop. Will be installed in NCHOME/webtop/waapi. Select: 1-3) Toggle feature s) Select all features u) Unselect all features i) Install selected features n) Next page (properties configuration) q) Quit Option [i]: n 4. Define the user name, HTTP port, and server host name of the Security Manager server that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server is connecting to for authentication. The NCHOME value will default to /opt/netcool if nothing is defined in the environment, but if the NCHOME is already set to a custom value, the installer will use that value. The installer would not add this value (or any other variables) in /etc/profile; you have to add it manually for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop to function correctly. Refer to Example 3-18 on page 63 for more details. 62 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 77. Example 3-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: NCHOME and Security Manager defined Product: Netcool/Webtop SelectProperties ---------------- 1 NCHOME default destination directory [/opt/netcool] 2 Default host name for the Security Manager. [localhost] 3 HTTP Port Number for the security Manager. [8077] 4 Administrators username for the Security manager. [admin] Select: 1-4) Change Property i) Install product p) Previous page n) Next page q) Quit Option [i]: n 5. Set the Security Manager account password, license server host name, license server port, and HTTP port for Netcool GUI Foundation, as shown in Example 3-19. The HTTP port is the port you will be using to connect to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server with a browser. In this example, you would need to use the URL http://localhost:8080 to connect. Example 3-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: dependencies continued Product: Netcool/Webtop SelectProperties ---------------- 1 Administrators password for the Security manager. [netcool] 2 Default address for the license server. [localhost] 3 Default port for the license server. [27000] 4 NGF HTTP Server Port. [8080] Select: 1-4) Change Property i) Install product p) Previous page n) Next page q) Quit Option [i]: n Chapter 3. Installation 63
  • 78. 6. Set the NGF Server Control Port, NGF Database Port, ObjectServer name, and ObjectServer host name, as shown in Example 3-20. The ObjectServer host name should be a fully qualified domain name if you are using a remote server. The NGF control port and DB port do not normally need to be modified, but you should be aware that your application is using them to avoid conflicts and port scans. Example 3-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: properties Product: Netcool/Webtop SelectProperties ---------------- 1 NGF Server Control Port. [8085] 2 NGF Database Port. [8089] 3 Existing ObjectServer name [NCOMS] 4 Existing ObjectServer host [localhost] Select: 1-4) Change Property i) Install product p) Previous page n) Next page q) Quit Option [i]: n 7. Set the ObjectServer port, user name, and password that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop will be using for event data, as shown in Example 3-21. Example 3-21 ObjectServer attributes Product: Netcool/Webtop SelectProperties ---------------- 1 Existing ObjectServer port [4100] 2 Existing ObjectServer username [root] 3 Existing ObjectServer password [] Select: 1-3) Change Property i) Install product p) Previous page q) Quit Option [i]: i 64 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 79. 8. Confirm your application component select one last time before beginning the installation. Press i and Enter to begin the installation, as shown in Example 3-22. Example 3-22 Installation feature installing Features ------------------- [I] 1) Netcool/Webtop - Netcool/Webtop [I] 2) Netcool/Webtop Migrator - Migration utility to migrate from Netcool/Webtop 1.3.x to Netcool/Webtop 2.0. Will be installed in NCHOME/webtop/migrator. [I] 3) WAAPI - WAAPI client for Netcool/Webtop. Will be installed in NCHOME/webtop/waapi. Do you want to continue ([I]nstall/[M]ore/[C]ancel) []: i 9. Wait for the installation to complete. After the installer completes, you will get message shown in Example 3-23. The installation will not actually be complete until the Netcool/GUI Foundation (NGF) server is started for the first time and provisioned successfully. This is covered in 3.5, “Netcool/GUI Foundation” on page 72. Example 3-23 Installation complete Installing product: Netcool/Webtop. Product Netcool/Webtop installed OK. Chapter 3. Installation 65
  • 80. 3.4.2 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation on Windows is as follows: 1. After reviewing the ReadMe file that is included with the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation, start the installer by executing setup.exe. Click Next in the welcome window shown in Figure 3-18. Figure 3-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: welcome window 2. Accept the license agreement and click Next to continue the installation, as shown in Figure 3-19. Figure 3-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: license agreement 66 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 81. 3. The installer reads the environment variable for your system (%NCHOME%) and displays your IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation location, as shown in Figure 3-20. If %NCHOME% is not displayed here, cancel the installation and review your system configuration. Figure 3-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: %NCHOME% defined 4. Confirm the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop components that you want to install. By default, all components are selected, as shown in Figure 3-21. If you want to de-select a component, double-click the component name. Figure 3-21 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: component confirmation Chapter 3. Installation 67
  • 82. 5. Enter the license server host name and port, as shown in Figure 3-22. Figure 3-22 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: License Server defined 6. Enter the ObjectServer name, host name of the ObjectServer, ObjectServer port, user name, and password, as shown in Figure 3-23. This information will be used to create your data source file so that it defines where IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop gets its event data from. This information is not used for authentication. Figure 3-23 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: ObjectServer defined 68 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 83. 7. Enter the Security Manager host name and HTTP port, as shown in Figure 3-24. IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop uses this information for its internal and external user account authentication. Figure 3-24 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: Security Manager ports defined 8. Define the Security Manager user name and password, as shown in Figure 3-25. By default, the user account is admin and the password is netcool. Figure 3-25 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: Security Manager login Chapter 3. Installation 69
  • 84. 9. Define the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop ports for the NGF HTTP server, NGF Server Control, and NGF Database, as shown in Figure 3-26. Figure 3-26 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation: NGF ports defined 10.Confirm your selected configuration and click the Install button, as shown in Figure 3-27. Figure 3-27 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installation summary 11.Wait for the installer to complete. The window shown in Figure 3-28 on page 71 shows the installation progress. 70 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 85. Figure 3-28 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop installer progress window 12.Click the Finish button to complete the installation. Chapter 3. Installation 71
  • 86. 3.5 Netcool/GUI Foundation The configuration of Netcool/GUI Foundation is as follows: 1. Starting the NGF server for the first time will provision the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server and the Security Manager that it is configured to use. This process returns many provisioning status messages, which is normal. This process needs to complete fully the first time the server is started. Run ngf_server start to start the server or start the Netcool/GUI Foundation service from the Windows Services window. See Example 3-24 for an example of the UNIX startup. Example 3-24 Provisioning the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server when starting the server for the first time [root@localhost bin]# $NCHOME/bin/ngf_server start Starting Netcool GUI Foundation ... Linking ASA libraries ln -s /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbcis9.so /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbcis9.so.1 ln -s /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbencod9_r.so /opt/netcool/guifoundation/asa/unix/lib/libdbencod9_r.so.1 . . . 00_smprovision_init.xml machant_webtop.xml waiting on provisioning script to complete execution 00_smprovision_init.xml machant_webtop.xml waiting on provisioning script to complete execution 00_smprovision_init.xml machant_webtop.xml waiting on provisioning script to complete execution NGF Server: Running PID: 30724 ASA Database: Running PID: 30715 Note: If Security Manager is not started, Netcool/GUI Foundation will fail to process the XML files and will keep on retrying the provisioning. 72 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 87. 2. Log into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server with the admin account, as shown in Figure 3-29. The default port is 8080, the user name is admin, and the password is netcool. This account is used to configure access to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop for the webadmin user you just created in the ObjectServer. Figure 3-29 NGF login window Chapter 3. Installation 73
  • 88. 3. After the admin account is authenticated, you will see the welcome window shown in Figure 3-30. Figure 3-30 NGF default welcome window 4. From the welcome window, select the Administration option in the drop down box to navigate to the NGF administration window, as shown in Figure 3-31. Figure 3-31 NGF administration window 74 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 89. The System Information window also contains the server runtime information, as shown in Figure 3-32. Figure 3-32 System Information: server runtime window The System Information window also allows you to view Java Runtime information, which includes Java Virtual Machine environment variables, a user name, and other Java properties, as shown in Figure 3-33. Figure 3-33 System Information: Java runtime window 5. Click Logout to close the session. Chapter 3. Installation 75
  • 90. 76 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 91. 4 Chapter 4. Configuration The configuration of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the following sections: 4.1, “Basic IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration” on page 78 4.2, “Security settings” on page 86 4.3, “Visual components” on page 101 4.4, “Navigation components” on page 131 4.5, “HTML file” on page 138 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 77
  • 92. 4.1 Basic IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration The basic configuration is discussed in the following sections: 4.1.1, “WAAPI configuration” on page 78 4.1.2, “Data sources” on page 81 4.1.3, “SSL configuration” on page 84 4.1.1 WAAPI configuration Perform the following steps to configure the Webtop Administration API (WAAPI): 1. Configure the WAAPI by editing the $NCHOME/webtop/waapi/etc/waapi.init file to include a user that is a Normal ObjectServer user and a Webtop Admin user account. In Example 4-1 webadmin was created in the ObjectServer and NGF and given the proper group and role access in each server. Example 4-1 WAAPI configuration file 4888C############################################################ # Netcool/Webtop Auto Admin API (WAAPI) Configuration File waapi.host:localhost waapi.port:8080 waapi.contextpath:/webtop waapi.secureport:8443 waapi.user:webadmin waapi.password:netcool waapi.file: waapi.timeoutsecs: 600 2. Set the environment variable WAAPI_HOME to $NCHOME/webtop/waapi. 3. Test the configuration by running the webtop_osresync WAAPI script, as shown in Example 4-2. The user running this script must have the Webtop Administrator role. Example 4-2 Testing the WAAPI configuration [root@localhost bin]# /opt/netcool/webtop/bin/webtop_osresync ******************************************************************** WAAPIClient: Request sent to server on http://localhost:8080/webtop/... Thu May 28 11:55:48 PDT 2009 NCWRPCOSConfigHandler.refreshOSCache() command excecuted. ******************************************************************** WAAPIClient: 1 method was fully executed. 78 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 93. 4. If you are using SSL with WAAPI, you need to alter the runwaapi command to locate the correct client keystore: – For example, on UNIX platforms (all on one line): ${JAVA} -Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore=/etc/.keystoreWAAPI -cp ${WAAPILIB} com.micromuse.wave.client.WAAPIStart -home $WAAPI_HOME $* – For example, on Windows platforms (all on one line): %OMNIJAVA% -Djavax.net.ssl.trustStore=c:.keystoreWAAPI -cp %WAAPILIB% com.micromuse.wave.client.WAAPIStart -home "%WAAPI_HOME%" %* 5. Additional configuration for WAAPI can be made from its properties file in install_dir/products/ncw/waapi/etc/waapi.init. It contains the client connection information details for accessing the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. WAAPI is invoked using an XML file. The skeleton of the XML file is shown in Example 4-3. Example 4-3 Sample WAAPI XML file structure <methodCall> <method methodName = "methodName"> Element object definition and arguments </method> </methodCall> The methodName in Example 4-3 indicates the operation that WAAPI is performing. The available method names and WAAPI object construct that are used as argument are listed in Table 4-1. Table 4-1 WAAPI methods and elements Method name Element reference cgi.registerCGI cgi cgi.createOrReplaceCGI cgi.modifyCGI cgi.unregisterCGI entity.addEntity entity entity.createOrReplaceEntity entity.deleteEntity entity.deleteEntityForced entity.modifyEntity entity.setDefaultGroup Chapter 4. Configuration 79
  • 94. Method name Element reference entity.setDefaultView entityView file.addDir file file.addFile file.createOrReplaceFile file.deleteFile file.recurseRemove file.removeDir map.addMapVisual map map.createMap map.createOrReplaceMap map.createOrReplaceMapVisual map.deleteMap map.deleteMapVisual map.getList map.modifyMap map.modifyMapVisual menu.createMenu supermenu menu.createOrReplaceMenu menu.deleteMenu menu.modifyMenu osresync.refreshOSCache N/A resource.addResource resources -> resource resource.createOrReplaceResource resource.getList resource.removeResource tool.createTool tools tool.createOrReplaceTool tool.deleteTool tool.getList tool.modifyTool user.getList user user.modifyUser view.createView view view.createOrReplaceView view.deleteView view.getList view.modifyView 80 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 95. Method name Element reference webtopprobe.generateReport N/A 4.1.2 Data sources Perform the following steps to configure the data source definition: 1. Before editing the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop data source file, you need to shut down the NGF server. Use the ngf_server stop command to perform the shutdown (for UNIX), as shown in Example 4-4, or stop the Netcool GUI Foundation service (for Windows). Example 4-4 Stopping the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server in UNIX [root@localhost bin]# ./ngf_server stop Stopping Netcool GUI Foundation ... Adaptive Server Anywhere Stop Engine Utility Version 9.0.1.1965 NGF Server: Not Running PID: n/a ASA Database: Not Running PID: n/a 2. The data source file resides in $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml. You should back that file up before making any modifications. The data source file is shown in Example 4-5. This configures the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server to use a single ObjectServer data source with a custom port, host name, user, and password. Example 4-5 Default data source file contents <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <ncwDataSourceDefinitions> <ncwDefaultDataSourceList> <ncwDataSourceEntry name="NCOMS"/> </ncwDefaultDataSourceList> <ncwDataSourceDefinition type="singleServerOSDataSource" name="NCOMS" enabled="true"> <ncwResultsCacheParameters maxAge="60" enabled="false" cleanerSleepTime="120"/> <ncwDataSourcePollingParameters> <ncwFailOverPollingParameters basePollingTime="10" backOffMultiplier="2"/> <ncwHeartBeatParameters basePollingTime="15"/> </ncwDataSourcePollingParameters> <ncwConnectionParameters> Chapter 4. Configuration 81
  • 96. <ncwStatementParameters> <ncwQueryTimeout baseTime="60"/> </ncwStatementParameters> </ncwConnectionParameters> <ncwConfigCacheParameters resyncTime="3600"/> <ncwDataSourceCredentials password="pwd" userName="root" encrypted="false"/> <ncwFailOverPairDefinition> <ncwPrimaryServer> <ncwOSConnection host="localhost" port="4100"/> </ncwPrimaryServer> </ncwFailOverPairDefinition> </ncwDataSourceDefinition> </ncwDataSourceDefinitions> Some of the configuration parameters shown in Example 4-5 on page 81 are defined as follows: ncwResultsCacheParameters Caching of the ObjectServer events ncwDataSourcePollingParameters Polling of data source failover configuration ncwConnectionParameters Configuration for how a connection is handled, such as timeout and other configuration ncwConfigCacheParameters Configuration for reading the data source configuration ncwFailOverPairDefinition Definition of the ObjectServer to connect 3. There are some modifications that you can make to the data source definition: – To add another ObjectServer definition, define a new ncwDataSourceDefinition tag. – To define a backup ObjectServer information, change the ncwDataSourceDefinition tag’s type parameter to multipleServerOSDataSource. The backup host name and port is specified with the ncwBackupServer tag under the ncwFailOverPairDefinition tag. – To configure the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server to use a Dual Source Desktop ObjectServer data source, you can use a ncwReadCloudDefinition tag with one or more ncwOSConnection tags. 82 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 97. Example 4-6 Data source file: DSD Netcool/Webtop and multiple data sources with failover <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <ncwDataSourceDefinitions> <ncwDefaultDataSourceList> <ncwDataSourceEntry name="AMETHYST"/> </ncwDefaultDataSourceList> <ncwDataSourceDefinition type="multipleServerOSDataSource" name="AMETHYST" enabled="true"> <ncwDataSourcePollingParameters> <ncwFailOverPollingParameters basePollingTime="10" backOffMultiplier="2"/> <ncwHeartBeatParameters basePollingTime="15"/> </ncwDataSourcePollingParameters> <ncwConfigCacheParameters resyncTime="3600"/> <ncwDataSourceCredentials userName="root" password="" encrypted="false"/> <ncwFailOverPairDefinition> <ncwPrimaryServer> <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.7" port="4545"/> </ncwPrimaryServer> <ncwBackUpServer> <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.8" port="4646"/> </ncwBackUpServer> </ncwFailOverPairDefinition> <ncwReadCloudDefinition> <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.9" port="4747"/> <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.10" port="4848"/> <ncwOSConnection host="192.168.0.11" port="4949"/> </ncwReadCloudDefinition> </ncwDataSourceDefinition> </ncwDataSourceDefinitions> 4. After you have finished the data source configuration editing, start the NGF server. In UNIX, use the ngf_server start command (for UNIX), as shown in Example 4-7),or start the Netcool GUI Foundation service (in Windows). Example 4-7 Start the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server in UNIX [root@localhost bin]# ./ngf_server start Starting Netcool GUI Foundation ... NGF Server: Running PID: 8004 ASA Database: Running PID: 8000 Chapter 4. Configuration 83
  • 98. 4.1.3 SSL configuration This section discusses SSL activation for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and NGF for SSL connectivity. This allows WAAPI and the browser interface to connect through SSL. The procedure is described below; however, the certificate must be imported into the WAAPI client keystore for the SSL connection to work. Perform the following steps: 1. To start the Webtop SSL configuration, you need to stop the NGF server; use the ngf_server stop command. 2. Create a directory to hold your SSL certificates and generate your SSL keystore, as shown in Example 4-8. Use the keytool command that resides in $NCHOME/platform/<arch>/<jre>/bin. Note: When generating the SSL keystore, the answer to What is your first and last name? should be the fully qualified domain name of the NGF server. This should be the same name that you use for the browser URL to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Example 4-8 Create a self-signed certificate [root@localhost bin]# ./keytool -genkey -alias ngf -keyalg RSA -keystore /etc/keystore Enter keystore password: netcool What is your first and last name? [Unknown]: webtop.ral.ibm.com What is the name of your organizational unit? [Unknown]: IBM What is the name of your organization? [Unknown]: IBM What is the name of your City or Locality? [Unknown]: RTP What is the name of your State or Province? [Unknown]: NC What is the two-letter country code for this unit? [Unknown]: US Is CN=webtop.ral.ibm.com, OU=IBM, O=IBM, L=RTP, ST=NC, C=US correct? (type "yes" or "no") [no]: yes Enter key password for <ngf> (RETURN if same as keystore password): netcool 84 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 99. 3. Edit NCHOME/guifoundation/server.xml to change the HTTP (port 8080) connection to an HTTPS (port 8443) connection and use the keystore generated from Example 4-8 on page 84. The modified definition is shown in Example 4-9. Example 4-9 Turn off HTTP for NGF <!-- Connector port="8080" maxThreads="500" minSpareThreads="50" maxSpareThreads="100" enableLookups="false" redirectPort="8443" acceptCount="500" debug="0" connectionTimeout="20000" URIEncoding="UTF-8" disableUploadTimeout="true" / !--> <Connector port="8443" maxThreads="500" minSpareThreads="50" maxSpareThreads="100" enableLookups="false" disableUploadTimeout="true" acceptCount="500" scheme="https" secure="true" clientAuth="false" keystoreFile="/etc/keystore" keystorePass="netcool" URIEncoding="UTF-8" sslProtocol="TLS" /> 4. Start the NGF server so that the changes can take effect. Chapter 4. Configuration 85
  • 100. 4.1.4 Additional IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop settings There are some other settings that can be used to configure IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server: The server.init file in $NCHOME/etc/webtop The server.init file provides the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server initialization values for initializing the Netcool GUI Foundation parameters. There are some customizations that can be performed, such as: – Licensing information – User settings – Various objects defaults – Event data retrieval rate – The retrieval rate for the ObjectServer The userdefaults.props file in $NCHOME/etc/webtop/system The userdefaults.props file contains the default user properties for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, such as AEL default properties, map properties, and other attributes, such as time zone settings, home page, and restriction filter. 4.2 Security settings The security settings discussed in this section include: 4.2.1, “User configuration” on page 86 4.2.2, “Group management” on page 99 4.2.1 User configuration To define a user that is externally authenticated by the ObjectServer, perform the following steps: 1. Open the ObjectServer administrative console by running the nco_config command under $NCHOME/omnibus/bin (for UNIX) or by selecting Programs → Netcool Suite → Administrator (for Windows). 2. When opening the console for the first time or after making changes with nco_xigen, you will be prompted to import the connection details, as shown in Figure 4-1 on page 87. Select Yes to continue the connection setup. 86 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 101. Figure 4-1 ObjectServer connection import prompt 3. Read through the information window shown in Figure 4-2 and select Next to continue the configuration. Figure 4-2 ObjectServer connection import menu: welcome window Chapter 4. Configuration 87
  • 102. 4. All the ObjectServer connections should appear in the right pane of the next configuration window, shown in Figure 4-3. If your ObjectServer, NCOMS by default, is in the left pane, move it to the right pane. Once all the ObjectServers are in the right pane, click Next. Figure 4-3 ObjectServer connection import menu: OS connection 88 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 103. 5. This window defines the PA server connection name and port, as shown in Figure 4-4. There is no PA server for Windows installations, so this window could be pointed at an external UNIX PA server or ignored, as it will not be used on Windows. Figure 4-4 ObjectServer connection import menu: PA connection Chapter 4. Configuration 89
  • 104. 6. Confirm the connection details and click Finish to complete the administrative console connection settings, as shown in Figure 4-5. Figure 4-5 ObjectServer connection import menu: summary 90 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 105. 7. Open the OMNIbus administration console by running the nco_config command. Log in to the ObjectServer that you have defined as the Security Manager external authentication source. In this example, the ObjectServer is NCOMS, as shown in Figure 4-6. The default user name is root with a blank password. Figure 4-6 ObjectServer administrative console Chapter 4. Configuration 91
  • 106. 8. Select the user menu, as shown in Figure 4-7. Figure 4-7 ObjectServer user account management window 92 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 107. 9. Create a new user account by clicking the new user button and defining the user details. For this example, the user should be a Normal user with no restriction filters set and a password set in the Settings tab, as shown in Figure 4-8. Figure 4-8 ObjectServer user account detail: Groups tab Chapter 4. Configuration 93
  • 108. 10.Select the Security tab to open the user management window, as shown in Figure 4-9, and click the Add User button to create a new IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop user account. Figure 4-9 NGF user management window 11.Fill in the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields and check the Authenticate Externally box on the User Details tab, as shown in Figure 4-10 on page 95. 94 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 109. Figure 4-10 NGF new user creation window: User Details tab 12.Select the User Roles tab and assign the new user. In our example the webadmin is the user and we assign the Webtop user, Webtop administration, and NGF User roles to it, as shown in Figure 4-11. Figure 4-11 NGF new user creation window: User Roles Chapter 4. Configuration 95
  • 110. 13.Select the User Groups tab and assign the Desktop group to the account, as shown in Figure 4-12. Figure 4-12 NGF new user creation window: User Groups 14.Click Save to save the new user account and you will be taken back to the Security tab, where you will find your new user account listed in the users table, as shown in Figure 4-13. Figure 4-13 NGF administration Security tab users table with a new account 15.After the user is created, you can further modify the user settings by clicking the pencil icon . 96 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 111. 16.To delete the user, check the check box of the user you wanted to delete and click Delete. When you delete a user, confirm your user deletion request by clicking the OK button, as shown in Figure 4-14. Figure 4-14 User deletion confirmation 17.To further customize the user, open the Webtop Admin application and select the User preferences pane. User selection is provided in the User Editor, as shown in Figure 4-15. Figure 4-15 User Editor Chapter 4. Configuration 97
  • 112. 18.The User Preferences Editor changes IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop attributes for the user. Click the Modify User Profile button to change the user preferences, as shown in Figure 4-16. Figure 4-16 User Preferences Editor 19.The user preferences in Figure 4-16 have the following elements: – A restriction filter defined in the ObjectServer (if the user is authenticated from an ObjectServer) – The user’s default page when they log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. – Several options to allow or show certain items in the Event List: • Filter and view selection: Choose which filter and view to use. • Filter builder: Change a filter. • View builder access: Modify a view. • Preferences configuration: Change the preferences by selecting Edit → Preferences in the Event List. • Event selection: Allows you to select an event for modification The default for the refresh rate is not configurable (it determines how often event information is retrieved from the ObjectServer). It also has a close relationship with the IDUC rate, as the data on the desktop ObjectServer is updated based on the IDUC rate. This can impact the performance of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Click Modify This Profile when done. 98 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 113. 4.2.2 Group management Groups are used to easily define a set of authorizations to be given to all members of the group. They are typically created to serve the authorization needs of a group of users. In IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0, the use of a group replaces the Access Control List (ACL) in the previous versions. To create a group, perform the following steps: 1. Log in to Netcool GUI Foundation and open the Administration window. 2. Select the Security tab and the Groups pane, as shown in Figure 4-17. Click the Add Group button. Figure 4-17 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Security tab Groups window Chapter 4. Configuration 99
  • 114. 3. Enter a group name and a display name for the group, as shown in Figure 4-18. The external authentication name should only be used for advanced configurations. It is only used for mapping the NGF group to a group with the same name that exists in the Security Manager’s external authentication source. Figure 4-18 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Security tab: Group Properties tab 4. Assign the roles that you want associated with this group. Figure 4-19 on page 101 shows that the group contains the GUI Foundation user and GUI Foundation read only roles. 100 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 115. Figure 4-19 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Security tab: Group Roles tab 5. Click Save to save the definition. 4.3 Visual components The visual component modifications that can be performed for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop are: 4.3.1, “View creation” on page 101 4.3.2, “Filter creation” on page 106 4.3.3, “Entity definition” on page 108 4.3.4, “Chart definition” on page 114 4.3.5, “Map definition” on page 122 4.3.1 View creation After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as the administrator and create a view by performing the following steps: 1. Log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and open the Webtop Admin application. Chapter 4. Configuration 101
  • 116. 2. Select View Builder from the left navigation pane. The View Builder is shown in Figure 4-20. Figure 4-20 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop View Builder editor menu 102 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 117. 3. Click the plus sign to create a new view. Enter the view name, select the ObjectServer columns to be displayed, and determine the sort order, as shown in Figure 4-21. Refer to Table 2-7 on page 39 for information about the ObjectServer fields. Figure 4-21 Webtop View Builder view editor Chapter 4. Configuration 103
  • 118. 4. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop view is created when you click Save and then OK. The new view is shown in the view list shown in Figure 4-22. Figure 4-22 View definition completed 104 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 119. 5. Go to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop and select the Event Lists tab. You should see the Active Event List (AEL). Use the new view that you created. Now you have an AEL that only displays the ObjectServer columns that you defined in your custom view, as shown in Figure 4-23. Figure 4-23 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop AEL with new view Chapter 4. Configuration 105
  • 120. 4.3.2 Filter creation After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as the administrator and create a filter by performing the following steps: 1. Log in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and browse to the Webtop Admin application. Select Filter Builder, which opens the window shown in Figure 4-24. Figure 4-24 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Filter Builder 2. Click the plus sign to create a new IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop filter. Give the filter a name and define the filter value, as shown in Figure 4-25 on page 107. You can use comparison operators (such as: <, >, <=, >=, <>, !=, like, not like) to check the event. 106 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 121. Figure 4-25 Webtop filter builder new filter window 3. Save the filter by clicking OK. Chapter 4. Configuration 107
  • 122. 4. Load the filter by selecting it from the AEL filter drop-down menu. The result is shown in Figure 4-26. Figure 4-26 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop AEL filter applied 4.3.3 Entity definition An entity is an aggregate of a filter and a view, and is typically used by active objects in maps to establish the initial display criteria of a linked component. For example, when a user clicks a monitor box in a map that opens an AEL, the entity assigned to the monitor box applies the initial filter and view to that AEL. Entities are also used to display the alert status of a data source. The map object uses the entity associated with it to derive the highest alert severity of the assigned data source. This severity can then be identified by the color of the object. 108 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 123. After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator to create an entity by performing the following steps: 1. Open the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administration window and select the Entities pane, as shown in Figure 4-27. Figure 4-27 Webtop Admin entities window 2. Click the Add Entity button to open the Entity Editor, as shown in Figure 4-28 on page 110. The add entity window allows you to also add a new Entity Group by selecting the Group drop-down menu, selecting <Add New Group>, and entering the new Entity Group name. Chapter 4. Configuration 109
  • 124. Figure 4-28 Webtop Admin Entity Editor 3. After entering a entity name, click the Add This Entity button to load the next window of the Entity Editor, which is shown in Figure 4-29. Figure 4-29 Webtop Admin Entity Editor details window 4. Click the Modify This Entity button to save the entity details and you will see your new entity in the Entity Browser window. After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator to create an entity view by performing the following steps: 1. Open the Webtop Admin window and select the Entity Views pane, as shown in Figure 4-30 on page 111. This pane allows you to create, modify, and delete an entity view. An entity view can only be deleted when there are no views that depend on it. 110 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 125. Figure 4-30 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Entity View Editor 2. Click the Create Entity View button to bring up the Create Entity View menu shown in Figure 4-31. The DEFAULT OS entry refers to the ObjectServer specified as the default in the configuration file. Figure 4-31 Entity view creation menu 3. Enter a View Name for the new view and select the group that will have access to this view and click OK. Chapter 4. Configuration 111
  • 126. 4. Define the ObjectServer columns that should be included in the view and customize the fields’ details, as shown in Figure 4-32, and click Apply. Figure 4-32 Entity view details menu The Entity Generator is another way to create entities. The Entity Generator takes a snapshot of the contents of an ObjectServer and generates different entities for each unique value for a field and associates its metric with the aggregate value of another field. It allows automatic generation of a map that is populated with the entities. To use the Entity Generator, perform the following steps: 1. From the Netcool GUI Foundation window, select Webtop Admin and go to the Entity Generator window, as shown in Figure 4-33 on page 113. 112 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 127. Figure 4-33 Entity Generator window 2. Click the Generate Entities button to generate the entities (and map). The window shown in Figure 4-34 should appear. Figure 4-34 Unique entities for the node fields Chapter 4. Configuration 113
  • 128. 3. The resulting map is shown in Figure 4-35. Figure 4-35 Generated map with entities 4.3.4 Chart definition After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, you can create a chart configuration by performing the following steps: 1. Browse to $NCHOME/etc/webtop/charts/definitions to find the installed charts, as shown in Example 4-10. Example 4-10 Chart definitions [root@localhost definitions]# pwd /opt/netcool/etc/webtop/charts/definitions [root@localhost definitions]# ls BAR_3Deventsbylocation.xml PIE_Severity.xml BAR_eventsbylocation.xml SBAR_3Deventsbylocationseverity.xml LINE_3Deventsbylocation.xml SBAR_eventsbylocationseverity.xml LINE_eventsbylocation.xml SBAR_SeverityByLocation.xml PIE_3Deventsbyseverity.xml SBAR_SeverityByType.xml PIE_eventsbyseverity.xml SBAR_UnAckdByLocation.xml 2. The chart definitions are XML files. You can copy a chart that you want to modify and give it another name. 114 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 129. 3. Open the copied chart and edit the chart so that the ncchart name tag has the same value as the actual file name of the chart, as shown in Example 4-11. Example 4-11 Chart definition file <?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes" ?> <chartdata> <ncchart name="BAR_1_eventsbylocation" > <header> <text value="Events by Location - New"/> <foreground value="#ffffff"/> <background value="#000033"/> <font fontStyle="Bold" fontName="Helvetica" fontSize="12"/> </header> <footer> <text value="ITSO"/> <foreground value="#ffffff"/> <background value="#000033"/> <font fontStyle="Plain" fontName="Helvetica" fontSize="12"/> </footer> . . . 4. Charts can be accessed statically as images from HTML pages. An example of an HTML page that access the chart definition that we created is shown in Example 4-12. Example 4-12 Sample HTML page for chart <HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Sample chart page</TITLE></HEAD> <BODY> <H1>Sample chart page</H1> <IMG SRC="ChartView?template=BAR_1_eventsbylocation&format=PNG&request=im age&chart=quote&width=800&height=400"> </BODY></HTML> In Example 4-12, the template refers to the chart definition file that we created. Chapter 4. Configuration 115
  • 130. 5. Open the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop and select the Charts tab, as shown in Figure 4-36. Figure 4-36 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop chart tab 116 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 131. 6. Edit the chart tab by clicking the icon. The initial chart tab definition is shown in Figure 4-37. Figure 4-37 Initial chart definition with its viewpoints Chapter 4. Configuration 117
  • 132. 7. Click Add Viewpoint and select a chart viewpoint for the layout, as shown in Figure 4-38. Figure 4-38 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop chart tab: chart viewpoint selection 118 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 133. 8. After clicking the Save and Apply button, you will be returned to the layout page, which is shown in Figure 4-39. Click the Save and Apply button again to be returned to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Charts tab. Figure 4-39 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Charts tab view layout detail window Chapter 4. Configuration 119
  • 134. 9. In the Charts tab, select the new ChartView. In the chart area, expand the menu and select the Customize ( ) icon, as shown in Figure 4-40. Figure 4-40 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Chart tab: new ChartView edit detail 120 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 135. 10.Select the new chart you created from the Charts drop-down list, as shown in in Figure 4-41, and click Done. Figure 4-41 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Charts tab: new ChartView editor menu Chapter 4. Configuration 121
  • 136. 11.The resulting chart is shown in Figure 4-42. Figure 4-42 The new chart definition 4.3.5 Map definition After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, sign in as a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop administrator and create a new map by performing the following steps: 1. Open the Webtop Admin Maps tab to get to the Map Browser and wait for the Java applet to load under the menu buttons, as shown in Figure 4-43 on page 123. 122 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 137. Figure 4-43 Webtop Admin Map Browser 2. Click the Create Map button to open the Java Map Editor and enter the name for your new map file, as shown in Figure 4-44. Figure 4-44 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor new map prompt Chapter 4. Configuration 123
  • 138. 3. Look over Java Map Editor and customize the colors and image background if desires, as shown in Figure 4-45. Figure 4-45 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor The objects that can be added to a map are: – Inactive objects that are shown in a map or a direct link to a URL – Active objects that are linked to an URL, AEL, LEL, or table view – Lines and texts that enhance the display. 124 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 139. 4. Add monitor lavalamp ( ) and button ( ) objects to the map area by clicking the object and then clicking the map area. The two objects are created in the map area. You can right-click the object and select Properties to customize them, as shown in Figure 4-46. Figure 4-46 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor: two objects added Chapter 4. Configuration 125
  • 140. 5. The monitor or lavalamp would open an Active Event List (AEL). The properties of the Lavalamp are shown in Figure 4-47. Click Apply and then OK when done. The monitor must be associated to an entity to define the status of entity it is monitoring. Figure 4-47 Webtop Java Map Editor lavalamp properties tab 6. The properties of the button are shown in Figure 4-48. Clicking this button would launch the IBM Web site in a new window. Figure 4-48 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Java Map Editor button properties 126 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 141. 7. Save the map by selecting File → Save and close the Java Map Editor to return to the Webtop Admin map browser menu. Your new map will be shown in the browser menu shown in Figure 4-43 on page 123. 8. Highlight the newly created map and click Preview Map to test the new map. Ours is shown in Figure 4-49. Figure 4-49 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop new map preview 9. Test the Lavalamp button to make sure it is launching the appropriate actions. Chapter 4. Configuration 127
  • 142. Map resources allow definitions of images and icons for a map. Resources can be assigned to an individual map, or put into a common directory so that all maps have access to them. If you want all maps to be able to access the resource, put them in the NCHOME/etc/webtop/resources/__common directory. The following procedure assigns a resource to a single map: 1. Select the Map Resources pane from the Webtop Admin window, as shown in Figure 4-50. Figure 4-50 Webtop Admin Resource Manager 2. Highlight the map that you want to add resources to and click the Add Map Resource button to open the add map resource menu, as shown in Figure 4-51 on page 129. 128 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 143. Figure 4-51 Webtop Admin Resource Manager: add resource page 3. Click the Browse button to open the file selection window, select a resource file and click OK. Click the Add Resource button to get back to the Map list. You can see the available resources by clicking the Preview Resources button. The preview is shown in Figure 4-52. Figure 4-52 Webtop Admin preview of map resources Chapter 4. Configuration 129
  • 144. You can now use the new image for your map. We modify the map to use the new image as a background. The Java Map Editor is shown in Figure 4-53. Figure 4-53 Modified map 130 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 145. 4.4 Navigation components The programming components that can be configured in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop are: 4.4.1, “Tool definition” on page 131 4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134 4.4.3, “Menu items definition” on page 137 4.4.1 Tool definition After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new tool so that the tool is available to be added to a menu, by performing the following steps: 1. Open the tool browser from the Tools tab in the Webtop Admin page, as shown in Figure 4-54. Figure 4-54 Tools browser 2. Click the Create Tool button. In a new window, specify the tool name and select the type of tool that you want to create. In Figure 4-55, we create a new CGI/URL tool. Figure 4-55 Webtop Admin CGI tool menu Chapter 4. Configuration 131
  • 146. 3. After creating the tool, the tool editor will prompt you to enter the tool details. Click the Groups button and set the permissions for the tool, as shown in Figure 4-56. Figure 4-56 Webtop Admin CGI tool groups 4. We set the tools to launch a plain URL, as shown in Figure 4-57. We discuss CGI in 4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134. Figure 4-57 Tool specification 5. You can also include the alerts fields to be passed to the CGI tools. Click the Fields button and select the fields, as shown in Figure 4-58 on page 133. 132 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 147. Figure 4-58 Field definitions 6. Set the group authorization by clicking the Groups... button. We assign this authorization to all groups, as shown in Figure 4-59. Figure 4-59 Webtop Admin tool group selection Chapter 4. Configuration 133
  • 148. The tool creation process is the same for all three types of tools. The major difference is in the tool details and syntax. An SQL tools definition is shown in Figure 4-60. Figure 4-60 Webtop Admin SQL tool detail The details of the command tools are shown in Figure 4-61. Figure 4-61 Webtop Admin command-line tools 4.4.2 CGI program definition After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create and register a new CGI program so that it is available for use in Webtop tools. by performing the following steps: 1. Create a CGI script in $NCHOME/etc/webtop/cgi-bin. We create an example called example-cgi.cgi for discovering all the listening server ports. The content is shown in Example 4-13 on page 135. 134 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 149. Example 4-13 Example CGI #!/usr/local/bin/perl print "Content-type: text/htmlnn"; print <<__HTML__; <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> <HTML><HEAD><TITLE>My sample WebTop CGI</TITLE></HEAD> <BODY> <h1>WebTop CGI tools</h1> <CENTER><HR HEIGHT="15" ></CENTER> <PRE> __HTML__ system("/bin/netstat -an | grep LISTEN | grep -v STREAM"); print <<__HTML__; </PRE> <CENTER><HR HEIGHT="15" ></CENTER> <form action=""> <div align="center"><input type="button" value="Close Window" onClick="javascript:window.close();"></div> </form></BODY></HTML> __HTML__ 2. Open the Webtop Admin window and select the CGI registry window, as shown in Figure 4-62. Figure 4-62 CGI registration Chapter 4. Configuration 135
  • 150. 3. In the Register CGI window, click Register. Enter the CGI Name, File Name, and select the groups that have access to the CGI, as shown in Figure 4-63. Figure 4-63 Webtop Admin CGI registry 4. Click the Register button to save the CGI in the registry. 5. You can invoke the CGI by using the URL http://<webtop>:8080/webtop/cgi-bin/<cgi-name>; in our case, the URL is http://webtop:8080/webtop/cgi-bin/example_cgi. The resulting window is shown in Figure 4-64. Figure 4-64 Result from the CGI tool 136 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 151. 4.4.3 Menu items definition Menu items are use to actually invoke a tool (which can be a CGI program, SQL script, or command tool). To define the menu, the tool definition must be defined first. After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new menu item and make it available for use by performing the following steps: 1. Select the Menus pane to open the Menus Editor from the Webtop Admin window, as shown in Figure 4-65. Figure 4-65 Webtop Admin menu window 2. We create a tool called Listentool (refer to 4.4.1, “Tool definition” on page 131 for more information) that defines the CGI example shown in 4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134. 3. Next, we modify CGI_Tools (or we can create a new menu item), highlight the CGI_Tools menu, and click the Modify Menu button. The window is shown in Figure 4-66. You can add a tool or submenu to the selected menu by highlighting the object and clicking the <-Add button. Figure 4-66 Webtop Admin alerts menu editor Chapter 4. Configuration 137
  • 152. 4. Open the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop desktop Event Lists tab and open the Active Event List (if you have an open AEL, you must close it first before the new menu is available). From the menu bar, select Tools → CGI Tools → Listenport to see that the new tool has been added to the menu, as shown in Figure 4-67. Figure 4-67 Webtop AEL alerts menu with new tool 4.5 HTML file IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is a collection of Web pages that allows you to manage and view your management information. It comprises a set of dynamic Web pages. These Web pages are created as specialized HTML files. The modification of these HTML files are covered in the following sections: 4.5.1, “Maintaining HTML and other files” on page 138 4.5.2, “Working with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages” on page 141 4.5.1 Maintaining HTML and other files Files under IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop are typically HTML files or image files that enhance the look of the pages. Dynamic pages are created from the CGI pages defined in 4.4.2, “CGI program definition” on page 134. The files are managed using the File Manager window under Webtop Admin application. The File Manager window is shown in Figure 4-68 on page 139. 138 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 153. Figure 4-68 Webtop Admin File Manager The File Manager allows you to manage directories and files. Files and directories can be deleted or created. File creation means that you upload a file from your current machine to the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server machine. The HTML files can be accessed directly from the following URL: http://<server>:<port>/webtop/<path_to_file> For example, the logo.gif file in the parent directory shown in Figure 4-68 would be accessed at http://webtop:8080/webtop/logo.gif. The files that are managed by the File Manager can be accessed directly from $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/webtop. In Netcool GUI Foundation, the root directory is mapped to $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/desktop, and any directory and files created there can be accessed from the root URL. For example, the file $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/desktop/test.html would be accessed at http://webtop:8080/test.html. Chapter 4. Configuration 139
  • 154. IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop has a special type of HTML file called SmartPage. SmartPage commands are special extensions to the HTML language that control user validation, and allow the placement of generated components in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages. SmartPage commands are expressed in HTML as comment tags, that is, you must enter the line <!-- enable:smartpage --> in the first line to enable SmartPage. One typical usage of SmartPage is the inclusion of a map applet. You can include this applet by inserting a SmartPage tag in the BODY section of the HTML page (<!-- insert:MAPLET[mapname] -->), where mapname is the name of the map definition. Other usages of SmartPages are: Enable a Web page for SmartPage tag processing. Validate user access to a Web page against a group. Insert an AEL applet. Insert a map applet. Insert a hyperlinked list of accessible maps associated with a user. Insert a tableview. Insert the user name of the logged in user. Insert the home URL associated with a user. Insert user statistics. Insert a time zone preference drop-down menu in a page. Another useful HTML file source is a template. Templates reside in NCHOME/etc/webtop/templates. The templates are typically SmartPage HTML files. A special construct is the pair of NCO_V tags that can be used inside the SmartPage tags. The text between the opening and closing <NCO_V> tags establishes the variable name that the URL uses to establish a name-value pair. When you specify a variable name, the text must be alphanumeric and multiple words must be separated by an underscore. A sample NCO_V tag is shown in Example 4-14. Example 4-14 NCO_V tag <!-- insert:TABLEVIEW[ map=<NCO_V type="str" default="">map_name</NCO_V>, entity=<NCO_V type="str" default="">entity_name</NCO_V>] --> The type defines the argument type, which can be str (string), BOOLEAN (true or false), and number (integer). It can also provide a default value. 140 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 155. 4.5.2 Working with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop pages After IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is installed and running, create a new HTML page so that the new page is available, by performing the following steps: 1. Select the My Pages option from the drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 4-69. Figure 4-69 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop MyPages menu 2. Name the PSML file and give the page a title, as shown in Figure 4-70, and click the Add button to continue. Figure 4-70 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop page creation menu Chapter 4. Configuration 141
  • 156. 3. After you save the new page, it will be listed in the My Pages page. Click the pencil, as shown in Figure 4-71, to customize the new page. Figure 4-71 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop MyPages menu with a new page 4. The empty customization page is shown in Figure 4-72. You can add view points. The view point is part of a page that shows certain information, which is similar to a portlet. Figure 4-72 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop new blank page displayed 142 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 157. 5. Click Add Viewpoint and add an Active Event List view to the layout, as shown in Figure 4-73. Figure 4-73 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop new page layout with AEL viewpoint Chapter 4. Configuration 143
  • 158. 6. You can also add another view point for the page. We decided to add the MapView from the map created in 4.3.5, “Map definition” on page 122 in the same page. The resulting definition is shown in Figure 4-74. Figure 4-74 Page definition 7. After you click the Save and Apply button, you can see the page you created, as shown in Figure 4-75 on page 145. 144 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 159. Figure 4-75 IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop AEL viewpoint in your new page Chapter 4. Configuration 145
  • 160. 146 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 161. 5 Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination Performance tuning and problem determination for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is discussed in the following sections: 5.1, “Startup problem” on page 148 5.2, “Checking user sessions” on page 148 5.3, “Login failures” on page 150 5.4, “Performance issues” on page 152 5.5, “Connection to ObjectServer” on page 154 5.6, “Backup configuration” on page 154 5.7, “Security Manager performance issues” on page 155 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 147
  • 162. 5.1 Startup problem There are several reasons why there can be a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop startup problem. Here is a checklist that you can use to identify problems with starting the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server: Check the environment variables: NCHOME, NCLICENSE, and LD_LIBRARY_PATH. They have to be present for all components of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. The prerequisite components for a IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server are: – Netcool License Server: You can check this component by running the nc_print_license command under $NCHOME/license/bin. If it cannot connect, start the license by running the nc_start_license command. – Netcool Security Manager: You can check this component by running the ncsm_status command under $NCHOME/security/bin. If it is not started, start the security manager by running the ncsm_server command. – Netcool GUI Foundation’s Tomcat server process may be checked by running the ngf_server status command under $NCHOME/bin. Look in the $NCHOME/log/webtop.log and $NCHOME/log/guifoundation/ logs for indications about the cause of the problem. Some useful checks are: – Checking a process by running the ps -ef command or using Windows Task Manager. – Checking a port by running the netstat -an command. 5.2 Checking user sessions Information from the GUI Foundation Web pages can be used to check who is logged in to IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop and to revoke user sessions. Perform the following steps: 1. Using the admin user, sign on to Netcool GUI Foundation Web interface. Navigate to the Administration window. Select the Sessions tab, which shows the connected users, as shown in Figure 5-1 on page 149. 148 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 163. Figure 5-1 NGF administration page 2. You can get details about each session by clicking the Detail button, as shown in Figure 5-2. Figure 5-2 NGF administration session tab before revoking the webadmin account 3. If you want to revoke a given user’s session, click the Revoke button next to the user, and the user will be logged out of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination 149
  • 164. 5.3 Login failures Determine the reason for user login failure, or failure to access IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop, by performing the following steps: 1. Determine if Security Manager is running. Open a browser and type in the Security Manager host name and 8077 for the port. You should get a confirmation window that the Security Manager is running, as shown in Figure 5-3. Figure 5-3 Security Manager confirmation page 2. Determine if the user has an NGF account. Log in using the admin account and look for the user that cannot login. The account should be listed in the Administration page under the security tab’s Users pane, as shown in Figure 5-4 on page 151. 150 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 165. Figure 5-4 NGF administration page user pane in the Security tab 3. Determine if the user has an active NGF account. If the account exists, then you should look at the user details and make sure the roles and groups are configured correctly. 4. Determine if the user is using the correct password. If the account is not authenticated externally, try resetting the password. If it is external, try logging into the external source with the password you think is correct. 5. Determine if the user has an accessible home page. The user home page is set by NGF to /portal; however, the home page set in the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop user preferences pane will be used if you log in without a specific URL. 6. Determine if the ObjectServer is running and if IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop can connect to it. Log in to the server using the nco_sql utility and try running a select statement. If that works, try telneting to the port the ObjectServer is running on from the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. If the telnet connection is successful, you will get a connection; if not, there is probably a firewall issue. Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination 151
  • 166. 5.4 Performance issues There are some possible ways to analyze performance issues for the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. You can check the following items to determine the cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop performance issues: From the Webtop Admin page, click the Sessions tab to determine how many users are logged in (see Figure 5-2 on page 149). If the number of users is very high, you may need to revoke user sessions. Select System Information → Server Runtime to determine how much memory is being used (see Figure 5-5). This number should not be higher than the amount of memory assigned to the -Xmx value in the ngf_server start script. Figure 5-5 Webtop Admin system information window Check the number of events in the ObjectServer by running the nco_sql command and issuing the SQL command select count(*) from alerts.status. This especially important for slow performance when using the Event List. Compare the Event List response time with the OMNIbus Native Desktop. It can be run by using the nco_event command. If the native client has a slow response time, the problem is probably not with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. Check your ObjectServer, gateways, and probes for the root issue. Determine if there is a performance problem for all IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop components. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server itself is a single component within the NGF server, but slow navigation between pages can indicate a Security Manager issue or be related to the external authentication 152 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 167. source. Slow login responses can also be related to the Security Manager and external authentication sources; refer to 5.7, “Security Manager performance issues” on page 155 for more information. Check for any misconfigured Netcool GUI Foundation PSML pages that contain a circular reference. This problem can reduce IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop performance as well. Determine if all users are experiencing slow responses by using a different client machine. If the performance problem is only happening in a limited set of machines, clear the Java cache on the troubled machine, and if that does not work, try increasing the client side Java memory to 128 MB. If this does not solve the issue, try a different user account, because misconfigured user roles or groups might cause performance issues as well, as shown in Figure 5-6. Figure 5-6 Client side Java memory settings Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination 153
  • 168. Determine if other applications are running on the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server host. Make sure other applications are not conflicting with IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop ports or using the available system resources. Check the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop log files under NCHOME/log/webtop.log. 5.5 Connection to ObjectServer Verify the cause of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop's inability to connect to the ObjectServer by performing the following steps: 1. Verify that the ObjectServer is running by logging into the ObjectServer through a native client or by running nco_sql. 2. Verify that the correct ObjectServer is configured for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop by reviewing the data source file $NCHOME/etc/webtop/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml. The user name and password should be tested as well as the host name. 3. Verify that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is reading the data from the data source file correctly by running $NCHOME/webtop/bin/webtop_report. This report lists the defined data sources that IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop can read from the data source file and the properties defined for them. If this report is not returning the correct information, there is probably an typo in the data source file. 4. Confirm that the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server can connect to the ObjectServer host and port by telneting to the ObjectServer host name and ObjectServer port from the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop server. 5.6 Backup configuration Create a backup copy of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop configuration by performing the following steps: 1. Stop IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. 2. Make copies of the following files and directories: $NCHOME/etc/webtop/, $NCHOME/webtop/waapi/etc/, $NCHOME/guifoundation/webapps/, and $NCHOME/guifoundation/conf. 3. Start IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. 154 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 169. 5.7 Security Manager performance issues Determine the cause of Security Manager Performance issues by performing the following steps: 1. Determine if Security Manager is running: a. From command line, with appropriate permissions, run the script $NCHOME/security/bin/ncsm_status. b. From a browser window, attempt to connect to the Security Manager HTTP port (the default is 8077). 2. Determine if the authentication source is available. The specified authentication source can be accessed by going to the NGF Security tab and clicking the Domain menu. From this menu, you can see the authentication sources of which IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop is aware. These sources are listed in the Security Manager database. You should use this list to open a console session or other tools to check availability and check access credentials. 3. If there are no sources listed, check the NCHOME/etc/sm/server.props file, which defines the Security Manager host name for IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop. 4. Check the Security Manager log files under $NCHOME/security/log/SM_server.log. Chapter 5. Performance tuning and problem determination 155
  • 170. 156 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 171. A Appendix A. Sample test This appendix contains a sample test and its answer key. © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 157
  • 172. Questions This sample test is designed to give the candidate an idea of the content and format of the questions that will be on the certification exam. Performance on the sample test is not an indicator of performance on the certification exam and this should not be considered an assessment tool. Answer the following questions: 1. Which command is used to start the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 server on UNIX? a. ngf_server start. b. webtop_server. c. webtop_startup. d. server_startup. 2. How do you set the connection between IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 and the ObjectServer(s)? a. Use nco_(x)igen. b. Use $NCHOME/config/server.init. c. Use $NCHOME/www/conf/server.xml. d. Use $NCHOME/config/datasources/ncwDataSourceDefinitions.xml. 3. The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 (Webtop) administrator of Telco Inc. wants to authenticate users from the ObjectServer. Which ObjectServer users can be used in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop? a. All users. b. Only Normal users. c. All users with the exception of Superusers. d. Only Normal users and Administrative users that do not have restriction filters. 158 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 173. 4. A Normal user of Telco Inc logs into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 (Webtop). The user opens an Active Event List. The user wants the time stamps of events to permanently be MM/DD/YYYY HH-MM-SS. What should this user do to modify the time stamp configuration? a. Modify the time and date format in the preferences (select Miscellaneous → Edit/Preferences) of the Active Event List. b. The user automatically gets the same time and date format equal to that of the system on which he is running the browser. c. Ask the Webtop administrator to modify the time stamps setting through the Webtop Administration GUI for that user. d. Ask the IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus V7.1 administrator to modify the time and date format as it is set in the ObjectServer to which Webtop is connected. 5. The customer requires a view that includes the following information based on the default ObjectServer: – Description of the event. – Name of the probe that collected the alarm. – Name of the ObjectServer that originally received the event. – Name of the type of failure. The view should be sorted by descending severity and then by the most recent occurrence. Which fields and sort criteria will meet the customer's needs? a. Fields: Summary, ServerName, ServerSerial, Type. Sort: Severity(asc), LastOccurrence(asc). b. Fields: AlertGroup, Manager, ServerName, AlertKey. Sort: Severity(desc), LastOcurrence(asc). c. Fields: Summary, Manager, ServerName, AlertGroup. Sort: Severity(desc), LastOccurrence(desc). d. Fields: Identifier, Manager, ServerSerial, AlertGroup. Sort: Severity(desc), LastOccurrence(desc). 6. Which file format is used for a chart page? a. TXT. b. XML. c. HTML. d. SGML. Appendix A. Sample test 159
  • 174. 7. You, as administrator, have been tasked with creating a tool to be available to the appropriate IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 users. Using IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop Administration API, which three elements are needed to define a tool that will update an event owner? (Choose three.) a. group. b. sql. c. cgi. d. tool. e. prompt. f. Restriction filter. 8. Which type of program executions can be performed with CGI tools, where the tool script or Web page contains SMARTPage commands? a. CGI scripts only. b. CGI scripts and local URLs. c. CGI and Webtop Administration API. d. CGI scripts, local URLs, and remote URLs. 9. When creating a new HTML page in IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0, it is possible to use SMARTPage commands. If using the SMARTPage Validate command, where must this command be placed in the HTML file? a. Anywhere in the file. b. As the first line of the file. c. As the last line of the file. d. As the second line of the file. 10.When logged into IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 (Webtop) as an administrator, it is possible to view system information. In which location can the administrator access the Webtop Data Report? a. Webtop Administration Page → Tools → System Information. b. Webtop Administration Page → Tools & Utilities → System Information. c. Webtop Administration Page → Help & Information → System Information. d. Webtop Administration Page → System Information. 160 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 175. Answer key The following is the answers to the sample tests: 1. A 2. D 3. A 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A, B, and E 8. B 9. D 10.D Appendix A. Sample test 161
  • 176. 162 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 177. Abbreviations and acronyms ACL Access Control List SGML Standard Generalized Markup AEL Active Event List Language AEN Accelerated Event Notification SME Subject Matter Expert API Application Programming SNMP Simple Network Management Interface Protocol ASA Adaptive Server Anywhere SOA Service-oriented Architecture CGI Common Gateway Interface SOW Statement of Work CPU Central Processing Unit SQL Structured Query Language DB2 Database 2 SSL Secured Socket Layer DBA Database Administrator SVI Software Value Incentive ENMS Enterprise Network TCP/IP Transmission Control Management System Protocol/Internet Protocol EULA End User License Agreement URL Universal Resource Locator GUI Graphical User Interface VAP Value Advantage Plus HTML Hyper Text Markup Language VUE Virtual University Enterprises HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol WAAPI Web Administration Application Programming HTTPS HTTP Secure Interface IBM International Business XML eXtensible Markup Language Machines Corporation IDUC Insert Delete Update Control ITIL IT Infrastructure Library® ITSO International Technical Support Organization LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LEL Lightweight Event List NGF Netcool GUI Foundation NIS Network Information Service NOC Network Operation Center PDF Portable Document Format PID Process Identifier ROI Return on Investment © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 163
  • 178. 164 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 179. Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this book. IBM Redbooks For information about ordering these publications, see “How to get Redbooks” on page 166. Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only. Best Practices for IBM Tivoli Enterprise Console to Netcool/OMNIbus Upgrade, SG24-7557 Migrating to Netcool/Precision for IP Networks --Best Practices for Migrating from IBM Tivoli NetView, SG24-7375 Other publications These publications are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Administration Guide, SC23-6371 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Installation and Deployment Guide, SC23-6370 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus Probe and Gateway Guide, SC23-6373 IBM Tivoli Netcool/OMNIbus User’s Guide, SC23-6372 Netcool/Webtop Administration Guide, SC23-6527 Online resources These Web sites are also relevant as further information sources: IBM Certification page: http://www.ibm.com/certify/index.shtml IBM Test Objectives for Test 922: http://www-03.ibm.com/certify/tests/obj922.shtml © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 165
  • 180. Passport Advantage: http://www-01.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/pao_custom ers.htm How to get Redbooks You can search for, view, or download Redbooks, Redpapers, Technotes, draft publications and Additional materials, as well as order hardcopy Redbooks publications, at this Web site: ibm.com/redbooks Help from IBMIBM Support and downloads ibm.com/support IBM Global Services ibm.com/services 166 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 181. Index webtop_osresync 78 A webtop_report 154 accelerated event notification, see AEN configuration Access Control List, see ACL basic 78 ACL 99 customization 38 Active Event List, see AEL ADMIN 36 admin 37 D administration tool 31 data sources 81 AEL 13, 31, 105, 126 deployment considerations 34 AEN 22 DOMAIN_ADMIN 36 alerts.status 39 E C entity definition 108 certification export command 44 achieved 21 benefits 3–4 checklist 5 F filter creation 106 IBM 2 objectives 8 overview 1 G recommended study resources 27 group management 99 resources 27 GROUP_ADMIN 36 Tivoli 4 growth through skills 6 CGI program definition 134 chart definition 114 H commands HTML file 138 export 44 INSTALL 61 nc_print_license 148 I nc_read_license 45 IBM Professional Certification Program 2 nc_start_license 44 INSTALL command 61 nco_config 86 installation nco_event 152 license server 42 nco_sql 152, 154 Security Manager 50 nco_xigen 86 Webtop 61 ncsm_status 53, 148 installation overview 42 netstat 148 ngf_server 72, 83, 148, 152 L ps 148 LEL 31 runwaapi 79 license key 42 setup.exe 66 license server 42 setup.msi 54 Lightweight Event List, see LEL setup.sh 50 © Copyright IBM Corp. 2009. All rights reserved. 167
  • 182. M S map definition 122 Security Manager installation 50 map editor 31 Security Manager performance issues 155 menu item definition 137 security planning 35 setup.exe command 66 setup.msi command 54 N setup.sh command 50 nc_print_license command 148 SME 8 nc_read_license command 45 Software Value Incentive, see SVI nc_start_license command 44 SSL configuration 84 nco_config command 86 study resources 27 nco_event command 152 Subject Matter Expert, see SME nco_sql command 152, 154 SVI 7–8 nco_xigen command 86 ncsm_status command 53, 148 ncw_admin 37 T ncw_user 37 test 37 netcool_ro 37 sample 157 netcool_rw 37 test objectives 8 Netcool/GUI foundation 72 Tivoli Software Professional Certification 4 netstat command 148 tool definition 131 network operation centre, see NOC ngf_server command 72, 83, 148, 152 NOC 32 U user 37 user configuration 86 O objectives 8 V Value Advantage Plus, see VAP P VAP 7–8 platforms 33 view creation 101 prerequisites 33 Virtual University Enterprises, see VUE problem determination visual components 101 backup configuration 154 VUE 5 connection 154 login failures 150 performance issues 152 W WAAPI configuration 78 startup problem 148 Web browser 34 user sessions 148 Webtop provisioning 72 architecture 30 ps command 148 configuration 78 customization 38 R data sources 81 Redbooks Web site 166 deployment 34 Contact us xii group 99 requirements 34, 38 installation 42, 61 return on investment, see ROI licensing 34 ROI 5 platforms 33 runwaapi command 79 prerequisites 33 168 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 183. security 35 SSL 84 user 86 WAAPI 78 Web browser 34 webtop_osresync command 78 webtop_report command 154 X XML files 72 Index 169
  • 184. 170 Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation
  • 185. Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation (0.2”spine) 0.17”<->0.473” 90<->249 pages
  • 188. Back cover ® Certification Guide Series: IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 Implementation ® Detailed architecture This IBM Redbooks publication is a study guide for the IBM Tivoli and components Netcool/Webtop V4.0 implementation certification test. It is aimed at INTERNATIONAL discussion the IT professional who wants to be an IBM Certified Professional for TECHNICAL this product. SUPPORT Installation and The IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 certification test is offered ORGANIZATION through the IBM Professional Certification program. It is designed to configuration validate the skills required of technical professionals who work in processing the implementation and deployment of IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0. BUILDING TECHNICAL Dynamic Web-based This book provides the necessary information for understanding the INFORMATION BASED ON interface subject matter. It includes sample questions. The sample questions PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE help evaluate your personal progress. It familiarizes you with the types of questions that may be encountered in the exam. IBM Redbooks are developed by This guide does not replace practical experience and it is not the IBM International Technical designed to be a stand-alone guide for the subject. Instead, this Support Organization. Experts guide should be combined with educational activities and from IBM, Customers and experiences and used as a very useful preparation guide for exam. Partners from around the world create timely technical For your convenience, the chapters are based on the certification information based on realistic objectives of the IBM Tivoli Netcool/Webtop V2.0 implementation scenarios. Specific certification test. Those requirements are planning, prerequisites, recommendations are provided installation, configuration, administration, and problem to help you implement IT determination. These chapters will help you prepare for the solutions more effectively in objectives of the exam. your environment. For more information: ibm.com/redbooks SG24-7754-00 ISBN 0738433314